<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"><channel><title>EV Charge Web Docs | Tridens Technology –</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/</link><description>Recent content on EV Charge Web Docs | Tridens Technology</description><generator>Hugo -- gohugo.io</generator><atom:link href="/ev-charge-web-docs/index.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><item><title>Docs: Chargers</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/chargers/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/chargers/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-wrench" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Operations&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Chargers&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all chargers is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the chargers list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for a charger by name, serial number, model, vendor, operational status, or/and charging status.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>To see the list of connectors found in a charger, click &lt;i class="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Expand&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Both chargers and connectors can be turned on/off. To achieve this, click &lt;i class="fa fa-power-off" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Request availability change&lt;/strong>. Turning off a connector will send a request to the charger via OCPP to make that part inoperative.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Turning a charger/connector on/off is the same as making it available or unavailable to end users. Unavailable chargers in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong> cannot be used to start a session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Change availability is the operation (based on OCPP) which provides an operator to manage the availability of the connected charging device from the Tridens EV Charge’s central system. Operation offers to request the connected charging device to change the availability of the charger or specific connector from &lt;code>Unavailable&lt;/code> to &lt;code>Available&lt;/code> and vice-versa.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Please note that this feature can not be used if the charging device is not connected with the central system, as in that case the central system does not have any control over the charging device.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
Turning a charger/connector on/off can be helpful during maintenance.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Furthermore, a connector can be locked/unlocked by clicking &lt;i class="fa fa-unlock" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Some EV chargers lock the connector to prevent it from being removed during charging for safety purposes. The lock/unlock action manually triggers that process. It is typically used for debugging or resolution if the charger does not release the connector due to a malfunction.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Charging Session Integration</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/charging-session-integration/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/charging-session-integration/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-start-timeout">Session Start Timeout&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#driver-authorization">Driver Authorization&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#offline-sessions">Offline Sessions&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#meter-values-reporting">Meter Values Reporting&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-related-meter-values">Session Related Meter Values&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-meter-values-interval">Session Meter Values Interval&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-meter-values-measurands">Session Meter Values Measurands&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#general-meter-values">General Meter Values&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#general-meter-values-interval">General Meter Values Interval&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#general-meter-values-measurands">General Meter Values Measurands&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#energy-reading-type-detection">Energy Reading Type Detection&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#energy-report-validation">Energy Report Validation&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-event-retry">Session Event Retry&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="session-start-timeout">Session Start Timeout&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Please ensure to configure the session start timeout period on charger side. It covers the time available to start the session, since the acceptance of remote start request or driver authorization.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Remote session start and authorization timeout on charger side represents the time since OCPP &lt;code>RemoteStartTransaction/Authorization&lt;/code> acceptance, after which session must be started. If this time is breached, the charger should prevent any session start without the next OCPP RemoteStartTransaction or Authorization operation acceptance.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To avoid fraudulent usage, we suggest using preventive measures by configuring the charger’s timeout period in which the session is expected to start. OCPP 1.6 has a &lt;code>ConnectionTimeOut&lt;/code> setting, which can be used, as described below.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Charger may also have other settings which are not part of OCPP 1.6 to handle other preventive scenarios - to tackle those, please check the charger’s specific manual or consult with the manufacturer.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>OCPP 1.6 requires support for &lt;code>ConnectionTimeOut&lt;/code> setting: &lt;em>Interval in seconds from beginning of status: &amp;lsquo;Preparing&amp;rsquo; until incipient Transaction is automatically canceled, due to failure of EV driver to (correctly) insert the charging cable connector(s) into the appropriate socket(s). The Charge Point SHALL go back to the original state, probably: &amp;lsquo;Available&amp;rsquo;.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Session timeout section is related to &lt;em>ready-session-expiration&lt;/em> settings of the central system, as it closes inactive sessions based on the expiration settings and idle job configuration. Make sure to use the consistent ready-session-expiration time on the central system, so it works aligned with the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Example:&lt;/h4>
&lt;em>The EV driver plugs the connector with the vehicle. Then the driver presses the session start request button on the mobile application, and at this point, session is ready. Ready session expiration time of 30 seconds starts ticking. If it reaches 30 seconds and session did not start yet, then the session gets closed on the central system side and is not being tracked anymore.&lt;/em>
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
If you experience the session without a customer reference, you need to make sure to configure the suitable timeout settings in dependence with ready-session-expiration settings.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="driver-authorization">Driver Authorization&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>As the drivers/customers who intend to charge the vehicle may use the payment types of prepaid, postpaid or pay-now, each session charging needs to be first authorized by the Tridens EV Charge’s central system to verify the driver&amp;rsquo;s fund sufficiency for beginning the charging session. Thus, charger&amp;rsquo;s local and offline authorizations lists and caches need to be disabled, to propagate all the authorizations to the central system.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Below is the list of OCPP 1.6 and OCPP 2.0.1 standardized authorization settings. Note that the chargers may have their own customized list of configuration settings, out of standardized scope. As a CPO, please review the charger specific implementation for any additional settings that need to be managed.&lt;/p>
&lt;style scoped>
table {
font-size: 14px;
}
&lt;/style>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>&lt;div style="width:90px">Configuration Attribute Name&lt;/div>&lt;/th>
&lt;th>&lt;div style="width:120px">Description&lt;/div>&lt;/th>
&lt;th>&lt;div style="width:120px">Restriction&lt;/div>&lt;/th>
&lt;th>&lt;div style="width:120px">OCPP 1.6 Variable Name&lt;/div>&lt;/th>
&lt;th>&lt;div style="width:120px">OCPP 2.0.1 Variable Name&lt;/div>&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorize Remote Session Requests&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether remote start requests need to be authorized by the charger before proceeding to charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Set to true, to ensure that the session is still authorized to start.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>AuthorizeRemoteTxRequests&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>AuthorizeRemoteStart&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorization Cache Enabled&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the charger supports the authorization cache for the driver&amp;rsquo;s identifiers.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Set to false, to prevent using charger&amp;rsquo;s local authorization caches.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>AuthorizationCacheEnabled&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>AuthCacheEnabled&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local Offline Authorization&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the charger, when offline, will start a transaction for locally authorized identifiers.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Set to false, to prevent using charger&amp;rsquo;s local authorization caches.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>LocalAuthorizeOffline&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>LocalAuthorizeOffline&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Allow Offline Session of Unknown Driver&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the charger allows authorizing any unknown identifiers that cannot be authorized by local authorization list or authorization cache.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Set to false, to prevent any unverified sessions.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>AllowOfflineTxForUnknownId&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>OfflineTxForUnknownIdEnabled&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Central Contract Validation&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the Charge Point can provide a contract certificate that it cannot validate to the Central System for validation as part of the authorization. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Used in the scope of ISO 15118&amp;rsquo;s Plug &amp;amp; Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Set to true, so the central system&amp;rsquo;s verification is used.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>CentralContractValidationAllowed&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>CentralContractValidationAllowed&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Offline Contract Validation&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the charge point will try to validate a contract certificate when it is offline (not connected to the central system). &lt;p>&lt;/p> Used in the scope of ISO 15118&amp;rsquo;s Plug &amp;amp; Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Set to false, so the central system&amp;rsquo;s verification is used.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>ContractValidationOffline&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>ContractValidationOffline&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>List of authorization settings to manage in OCPP 1.6 and 2.0.1.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="offline-sessions">Offline Sessions&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Disable the charger to start the charging sessions without allowance of the central system, as it would result in non-customer public sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Make sure to disable &lt;code>LocalAuthorizeOffline&lt;/code> and &lt;code>AllowOfflineTxForUnknownId&lt;/code> settings of OCPP 1.6 on the charger side.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>CPO needs to review the charger specific implementation and configuration, as other settings out of standardized scope may apply.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="meter-values-reporting">Meter Values Reporting&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Configure session meter values report interval on the charger, so the session&amp;rsquo;s progress will show up. We advise using a 15 seconds interval. You can usually configure this on the charger&amp;rsquo;s own dashboard, or use EV Charge dashboard, which can do it by OCPP.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-car" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all stations is shown in a tabular format. Click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Actions&lt;/strong> for the specific station. On the station&amp;rsquo;s page, click &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Configuration&lt;/strong> on the top right corner to access &lt;strong>Configuration&lt;/strong> page, then select &lt;strong>Meter&lt;/strong> tab to regulate the sampling interval. Alternatively, the &lt;strong>Custom&lt;/strong> tab can also be used for this.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../meter-setting-interval.png" alt="Example of Meter Setting Interval">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Example of setting the interval in the Station’s Configuration form on Tridens EV Charge dashboard.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The settings can be set by the central system to the charger only when charger is connected to the central system and communicating by OCPP protocol.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>To show active power measurement in mobile app, CPO needs to configure the charger to send the certain measurements in scope of the charging session (usually at least kW for power and kWh for energy). Once again, this is usually doable by the charger&amp;rsquo;s dashboard or EV Charge dashboard, where OCPP&amp;rsquo;s &lt;code>MeterValuesSampledData&lt;/code> setting can be used.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To navigate to this area in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, go to the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong> and select &lt;i class="fa fa-car" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>. You&amp;rsquo;ll see a paginated list of all stations in a tabular format. Click on &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Actions&lt;/strong> for the specific station. Once on the station&amp;rsquo;s page, on the the top right corner access the Configuration page, then select &lt;strong>Meter&lt;/strong> tab to regulate the sampling measurands. &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> Alternatively, the &lt;strong>Custom&lt;/strong> tab at the top right corner can also be used.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../measurands-setting.png" alt="Example of Setting Measurands">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Example of setting measurands in the Station’s Configuration form on Tridens EV Charge dashboard.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The settings can only be configured by the central system to the charger when the charger is connected to the central system and actively communicating via the OCPP protocol.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Important measurands to cope with:&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;th>OCPP 1.6 Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>OCPP 2.0.1 Name&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Energy Import&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Instantaneous imported energy (Wh or kWh) to the vehicle.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Energy.Active.Import.Interval&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Energy.Active.Import.Interval&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Power Import&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Instantaneous power (W or kW) import to the EV.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Power.Active.Import&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Power.Active.Import&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Current Import&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Instantaneous current (A) import to the EV.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Current.Import&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Current.Import&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Voltage&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Instantaneous voltage (V) supply between grid and EV.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Voltage&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>Voltage&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Battery State of Charge&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Percentage representing the vehicle’s battery state of charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>SoC&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;code>SoC&lt;/code>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>List of measurands settings in OCPP 1.6 and 2.0.1.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="session-related-meter-values">Session Related Meter Values&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Meter values which are related to the specific charging session and representing measurands related to it.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="session-meter-values-interval">Session Meter Values Interval&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Interval in seconds, by which the charger will send the meter value reports to the central system during the charging session. Suggested interval is 10-15 seconds.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Refers to &lt;code>MeterValueSampleInterval&lt;/code> of OCPP 1.6 and &lt;code>SampledDataTxUpdatedInterval&lt;/code> of OCPP 2.0.1.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="session-meter-values-measurands">Session Meter Values Measurands&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Measurands which the charger will send on &lt;em>‘Session meter values interval’&lt;/em>. Suggested: &lt;em>power, energy, state of charge, voltage, current.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Refers to &lt;code>MeterValuesSampledData&lt;/code> of OCPP 1.6 and &lt;code>SampledDataTxUpdatedMeasurands&lt;/code> of OCPP 2.0.1.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="general-meter-values">General Meter Values&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>General meter values are reported independent of the session and may be required in the scenarios of the sessions which are being terminated by the final parking.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="general-meter-values-interval">General Meter Values Interval&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Interval in seconds, by which the charger will send regular meter value reports to the central system during the charging session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Refers to &lt;code>ClockAlignedDataInterval&lt;/code> of OCPP 1.6 and &lt;code>AlignedDataInterval&lt;/code> of OCPP 2.0.1.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="general-meter-values-measurands">General Meter Values Measurands&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Measurands which the charger will send on &lt;em>&amp;lsquo;General meter values interval&amp;rsquo;&lt;/em>. Suggested: &lt;em>power offered.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Refers to &lt;code>MeterValuesAlignedData&lt;/code> of OCPP 1.6 and &lt;code>AlignedDataMeasurands&lt;/code> of OCPP 2.0.1.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="energy-reading-type-detection">Energy Reading Type Detection&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Absolute&lt;/em>: Energy meter reading which is accumulating consumption of all sessions on one connector.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Relative&lt;/em>: Energy meter reading starting from 0 for each session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The central system of Tridens EV Charge is utilizing the following energy consumption detection for a session, as there are different varieties of reporting types by chargers:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Chargers reporting an absolute energy meter values at session start, intermediate, stop. Energy of all the sessions on the charger so far.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Chargers reporting the session relative energy meter values at session start, intermediate, stop. Energy of the specific session.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Chargers reporting an absolute energy meter value at the start and stop of session, but in the intermediate time, they are sending relative session energy reports (zero based).&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="energy-report-validation">Energy Report Validation&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>The central system of Tridens EV Charge utilizes charging session’s energy consumption validation for the persisted charging session, when receiving the reports from the charger.
Connector’s power capability is being verified along with the energy meter reading time. This mechanism serves to overcome an issue when the chargers report the deprecated or excessive energy meter consumption.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Validation is made in two steps, where both need to pass:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Timestamp of reported energy meter reading for the persisted session is verified against the persisted session’s latest valid meter reading. It is considered as valid if the energy meter reading’s timestamp is not older than the previous meter reading’s timestamp.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Reported energy (Wh/kWh) is verified against the capability of the connector. It is considered as valid if the energy consumed over time is possible for the connector’s power capacity in the time difference from the previous valid energy meter report timestamp of the persisted session.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Make sure to properly set the wattage limit on the connector configuration on &lt;a href="../../stations/#create-connector">Stations - Connectors&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>If the connector has lower power capability configured, the energy difference reported will be too large for the configured capability and thus energy meter reports are going to be discarded and energy consumption will not be persisted on the Tridens EV Charge’s sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The scenarios below are based on the charging connector which is capable of 30kW energy flow.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Screnario 1&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2025 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2050 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 2&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>0 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session relative meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>25 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session relative meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>50 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session relative meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 3&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate 1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>25 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session relative meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate 2&lt;/td>
&lt;td>50 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session relative meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2075 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 4&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate 1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2025 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate 2&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2020 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading. &lt;br>Valid time, invalid deprecated energy report.&lt;br> &lt;strong>Invalid and not impacting the session&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2075 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 5&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2025 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2020 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading. &lt;br> Valid time, invalid deprecated energy report. &lt;br> &lt;strong>Invalid and not impacting the session&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 6&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate 1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2025 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>07:59:59&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading. &lt;br> Invalid deprecated time. &lt;br> &lt;strong>Invalid and not impacting the session&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate 2&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2050 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2075 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 7&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2025 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2050 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:29&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading. &lt;br> Invalid deprecated time. &lt;br> &lt;strong>Invalid and not impacting the session&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 8&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2500 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading. &lt;br> Valid time. Invalid excessive energy report over connector&amp;rsquo;s power capacity. &lt;br> &lt;strong>Invalid and not impacting the session&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2050 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Scenario 9&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Meter reading scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Meter reading time&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Notes&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2000 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session intermediate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2025 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:00:30&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session stop&lt;/td>
&lt;td>2500 Wh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>08:01:00&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Absolute meter reading. &lt;br> Valid time. Invalid excessive energy report over connector&amp;rsquo;s power capacity. &lt;br> &lt;strong>Invalid and not impacting the session&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="session-event-retry">Session Event Retry&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Retry to send the event in case of failure. Suggested value is 3.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Refers to &lt;code>TransactionMessageRetryInterval&lt;/code> of OCPP 1.6.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Consumption</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/analytics/consumption/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/analytics/consumption/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-chart-line" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Analytics&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Consumption&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>This section is divided into two parts:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>The first part shows the total kilowatt-hours (kWh)/total energy consumed by end users for all chargers. The information (total energy consumed for all chargers) is based on the current month, a month ago, six months ago, and a year ago.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The red or green arrow shows the percentage decrease or increase respectively in total energy consumption at the moment against the same time a month ago, six months ago, and a year ago.
&lt;/div>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>The second part shows a bar chart representing the total energy consumption obtained from all chargers based on an interval (day, week, month, and year) from a specific period. Additionally, the information can be filtered down to an individual charger or a group of chargers.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The visual representation in the form of a bar chart can be downloaded in various formats. To achieve this, click &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Chart context menu&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol></description></item><item><title>Docs: Consumption</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/reports/consumption/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/reports/consumption/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-calendar-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Reports&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Consumption&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of the total consumption obtained from each charger from a specific period is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the consumption list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for the total consumption by date-time, charger/operator or/and a specific operator. Available consumption report types are energy, duration, charge time duration, park time duration and fault time duration.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Available report types&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Report Type&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Energy&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Represents energy usage in kWh for the captured sessions, regarding the selected filters.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Duration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Represents the total time spent for the captured charging sessions, regarding the selected filters. Formatted in &lt;code>HH:MM:SS&lt;/code>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging Duration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Represents the total time spent for charging (energy flow) for the captured charging sessions, regarding the selected filters. Formatted in &lt;code>HH:MM:SS&lt;/code>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Parking Duration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Represents the total time spent for parking (energy not flowing) for the captured charging sessions, regarding the selected filters. Formatted in &lt;code>HH:MM:SS&lt;/code>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Fault Duration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Represents the total time spent while the charger/connector was faulted in scope of the captured charging sessions, regarding the selected filters. Formatted in &lt;code>HH:MM:SS&lt;/code>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>In addition, the reporting section enables you to filter for the total consumption obtained from an &lt;a href="../../operators">operator&amp;rsquo;s&lt;/a> charger. Therefore, this will allow you to quickly determine the total consumption obtained from the operator&amp;rsquo;s charger or group of chargers.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
In the case of a contract agreement with an operator, knowing the total consumption obtained from their charger or group of chargers can be very helpful.
&lt;/div></description></item><item><title>Docs: Notifications</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/system-configuration/notifications/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/system-configuration/notifications/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notifications">Notifications&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-notification">Create notification&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-notification-page">Details notification page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-notification">Update notification&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-notification">Delete notification&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notification-scopes-and-actions">Notification scopes and actions&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#platforms">Platforms&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#firebase-configuration">Firebase configuration&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#requirements-and-process-outline">Requirements and process outline&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#firebase-configuration-for-ev-charge">Firebase configuration for EV Charge&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-new-project-on-firebase">Create a new project on Firebase&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configure-firebase-credentials-in-ev-charge">Configure Firebase credentials in EV Charge&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-firebase-mobile-app-configuration---ios">Create a Firebase mobile app configuration - iOS&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-firebase-mobile-app-configuration---android">Create a Firebase mobile app configuration - Android&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>System configuration&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="notifications">Notifications&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To access this section, click &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all notifications is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../notifications-configuration.png" alt="Notification configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-notification">Create notification&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-notification-page">Details notification page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-notification">Update notification&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-notification">Delete notification&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="create-notification">Create notification&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#notifications">notifications&lt;/a>, to create a notification, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create&lt;/strong>. Provide a name and code.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Publishers&lt;/strong> is used to configure what type of notification will be sent: SMS, push notification, URL, Email, and Log. It is also used to configure where the notification will be sent using &lt;strong>Receivers&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>List of applicable Receiver-value pairs for the publishing type:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Base: Notification targets plain destination contact data, depending on publisher type (email address, phone number or URL).&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Customer: Notification targets to the destination of customer’s primary contact info, depending on publisher type (email address, phone number, URL, push notification), if action is related to the specific customer. Additionally, as a value, Customer Type group can be selected, meaning that notification will apply only if the customer belongs to the specific customer group.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To create a publisher, under &lt;strong>Publishers&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Add publisher&lt;/strong>. The action and number of retries specify the type of notification that will be sent and how many times to resend in case of a failure—for instance, sending out an email that will resend three times, suppose it fails.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The template is configured in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, under &lt;strong>Business configuration&lt;/strong> &lt;i class="fa fa-arrow-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Templates&lt;/strong>. For more information, see &lt;a href="../../business-configuration/templates">Templates&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>URL&lt;/strong> action means the notification will be sent as an API request to the URL, while the &lt;strong>Log&lt;/strong> action means the logging service will add a log entry whenever the notification is triggered.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Under each publisher are &lt;strong>Receivers&lt;/strong>. The &lt;strong>Receivers&lt;/strong> refers to where the notification will be sent. It can be a URL or a customer (if it is an email or SMS).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Scope&lt;/strong> typifies what will trigger the notification, which can be a change in the charging infrastructure or a change in the charging session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once a specific action from the scope occurs, you can add filtering options. To add a filter, under &lt;strong>Filters&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Add filter&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="example-of-a-notification">Example of a notification&lt;/h4>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Scope:&lt;/strong> Charging sessions&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Action:&lt;/strong> Battery percentage&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Filter:&lt;/strong> Battery percentage equals 80% (Reached 80%)&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
In this case, a notification will be sent out when the vehicle has reached 80% of charge.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="details-notification-page">Details notification page&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#notifications">notification&lt;/a>, to see the full details of a notification, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following information:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Action&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Scope&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Publishers&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Filters (if any)&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="update-notification">Update notification&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#notifications">notification&lt;/a>, to update a notification, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the notification. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-notification">create notification&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-notification">Delete notification&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#notifications">notification&lt;/a>, to delete a notification, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="notification-scopes-and-actions">Notification scopes and actions&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Notification scope defines the triggering event scope of EV charging related notifications.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>There are currently two scopes of EV charging related notifications:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Charging infrastructure: Notification of charging infrastructure related operations. See &lt;em>Table 1&lt;/em> for applicable actions in the scope.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Charging sessions: Notification of charging session control related operations. See &lt;em>Table 2&lt;/em> for applicable actions in the scope.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;br/>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Action name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Station connected&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging station has successfully established the connection with the central system of Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Station booted&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging station has reported the boot event. It usually means that the successful boot has happened after the restart, but the boot event can also be triggered on demand.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Station disconnected&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging station has disconnected from the central system of Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Station reset&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the central system of Tridens EV Charge requested the charging station to reset.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charger status changed&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charger&amp;rsquo;s status has been modified and reported to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. &lt;br>&lt;/br> E.g., status switched to available, unavailable, faulted, etc. Also contains additional reported status info, if provided by the charger manufacturer.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Connector status changed&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the connector’s status has been modified and reported to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. &lt;br>&lt;/br> E.g., status switched to available, preparing, charging, suspended, unavailable, faulted, etc. Also contains additional reported status info, if provided by the charger manufacturer.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Connector unlocking requested&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the central system of Tridens EV Charge requested the connector to unlock from the mechanical electromagnetic lock.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Connector unlocking result&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates the result of connector unlocking (mechanical electromagnetic lock), reported by the charger to the central system of Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Energy meter report&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Represents the general energy meter report in kWh reported by the charger to the central system of Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Firmware update requested&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the central system of Tridens EV Charge requested the firmware upgrade on the charger.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Firmware status&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates firmware update status on the charger, as reported by the charger to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. &lt;br>&lt;/br> E.g., downloading, downloaded, installing, installed, failed, etc.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Diagnostics requested&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the central system of Tridens EV Charge requested the charger for diagnostics.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Diagnostic status&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates the status of diagnostics reporting by the charger. Reported by the charger to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. &lt;br>&lt;/br> E.g., uploading, uploaded, failed, etc.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Display setup requested&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the Tridens EV Charge central system has requested the station to set up the display message.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Display setup result&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates the result to the station display setup request.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Display clear requested&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the Tridens EV Charge central system has requested the station to clear the display message.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Display clear result&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates the result to the station display clearance request.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Display settings reported&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that charging station has reported the display message setup to the central system of Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1.&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Charging infrastructure actions/events.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Action name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorization&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the EV driver has attempted the charging session authorization by identification device (e.g. swiping an RFID) at the charger side and the attempt was forwarded to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. Not to be confused with the rating authorizations.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorized&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the EV driver has successfully authorized for the charging session at the charger side with identification device (e.g. swiping an RFID), by authorization being accepted by the central system of Tridens EV Charge. Not to be confused with the rating authorizations.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Started&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging session has started on the charging infrastructure.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Ended&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the session has ended and finally terminated. Status goes into ‘closed’. Includes the ending in park-time session termination mode.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reservation created&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that an instant reservation of the charging infrastructure has been made for the charging session.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reservation canceled&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the reservation of the charging infrastructure has been canceled.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Vehicle charged&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the vehicle has been fully charged. Threshold for the vehicle charged detection is 95%. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Conditionally works when the charger reports EV battery’s percentage state-of-charge.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging end&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Represents the end of the charging in the scope of the session, as the charger reported the charging end event to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. The session may keep going on in the final park time, until the final termination.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging end by monetary limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging of the session ended, as the central system of Tridens EV Charge detected breaching of the monetary limit, based on the &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging end by energy limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging of the session ended, as the central system of Tridens EV Charge detected breaching of the energy limit, based on the &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging end by charge time limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging of the session ended, as the central system of Tridens EV Charge detected breaching of the charge time limit, based on the &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging end by payment auth. failure&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging of the session ended, as additional payment authorization on the central system of Tridens EV Charge did not succeed, based on the &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging end by auth. failure&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging of the session ended, as additional customer resources authorization on the central system of Tridens EV Charge did not succeed, based on the &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Battery percentage limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the EV battery’s percentage has breached the defined limit. Can be triggered once per session. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Mandatory to provide the ‘State of charge limit’ notification filter, e.g. 80%.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p> &lt;p>&lt;strong>Conditionally works when the charger reports EV battery’s percentage state-of-charge.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Energy limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging session’s notification energy limit in kWh has been breached. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Mandatory to provide the ‘Energy limit’ notification filter, e.g. 60kWh.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charge time limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging session’s notification charge time limit in seconds has been breached. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Mandatory to provide the ‘Charge time limit’ notification filter, e.g. 3600 seconds (1 hour).&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Park time limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging session’s notification park time limit in seconds has been breached. Useful to notify customers that their vehicle is not charging. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Mandatory to provide the ‘Park time limit’ notification filter, e.g. 900 seconds (15 minutes).&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Park time rating threshold breached&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the session’s park time duration rating threshold has been breached, based on the &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>. Since this point, parking is charged to the driver.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Fault time limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging session’s notification fault time limit in seconds has been breached. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Mandatory to provide the ‘Fault time limit’ notification filter, e.g. 300 seconds (5 minutes).&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Monetary limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the monetary limit (in Site&amp;rsquo;s default currency) has been breached for the charging session. Can be triggered once per session. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Mandatory to provide the ‘Monetary limit’ notification filter, e.g. 40€.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Monetary limit interval&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the monetary limit interval (in Site environment&amp;rsquo;s default currency) has been breached for the charging session. Can be triggered once per session. &lt;p>&lt;strong>Mandatory to provide the ‘Monetary limit’ notification filter, e.g. 5€.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p> &lt;p>Example for limit of 5 EUR: Notification is triggered when used amount of session breach is made first time over 5 EUR, then 10 EUR, then 15 EUR, &amp;hellip; &lt;/p>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Meter values reported&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charger has reported meter values to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. Usually consists of energy (kWh), power (kW), amperage (A), voltage (V) reports.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session refused&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the session has been refused. Customer is known to the central system of Tridens EV Charge, but initial resource authorization did not succeed.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 2.&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Charging session control events/actions.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="platforms">Platforms&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To access this section, click &lt;strong>Platforms&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Platforms entail configuring third-party services to enable notifications. It includes &lt;strong>Twilio&lt;/strong> for text messages and &lt;strong>Firebase&lt;/strong> for push notifications.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
You need to set up the services to use it in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>To enable &lt;strong>Firebase&lt;/strong> for push notifications in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, see &lt;a href="../notifications/#firebase-configuration">Firebase Configuration&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
To log and review the occurred events, log notifications feature can be configured by following the instructions of &lt;a href="../../integrations/log-notifications-setup">Log Notifications Setup&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="firebase-configuration">Firebase configuration&lt;/h3>
&lt;h4 id="requirements-and-process-outline">Requirements and process outline&lt;/h4>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>A &lt;a href="https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/27441?hl=en">Google account&lt;/a> &lt;i class="fa fa-external-link-alt" style="color: #3176d9" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> is required in order to set up Firebase.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>You configure Firebase for &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Tridens&lt;/strong> provides either:
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>App - Apple ID&lt;/li>
&lt;li>App - Android Package Name&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>You configure iOS or Android apps on Firebase.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>You provide either:
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>GoogleService-Info.plist file (iOS platform)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>google-services.json file (Android platform)&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The packages that &lt;strong>Tridens&lt;/strong> provide (Apple ID &amp;amp; Android Package Name) are typically named based on your brand name.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h4 id="firebase-configuration-for-ev-charge">Firebase configuration for EV Charge&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Visit your Firebase portal at &lt;a href="https://firebase.google.com/">https://firebase.google.com/&lt;/a> and click &lt;strong>Get started&lt;/strong> or &lt;strong>Go to console&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../firebase-portal.jpg" alt="Firebase portal">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Firebase portal&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="create-a-new-project-on-firebase">Create a new project on Firebase&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Create a new project by clicking &lt;strong>Create a project&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../create-a-project.jpg" alt="Create a project">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Create a project&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Follow the steps to create a new project.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../create-a-project-step-1.jpg" alt="Create a project - step 1">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Create a project - step 1&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../create-a-project-step-2.jpg" alt="Create a project - step 2">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Create a project - step 2&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../create-a-project-step-3.jpg" alt="Create a project - step 3">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 5:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Create a project - step 3&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="configure-firebase-credentials-in-ev-charge">Configure Firebase credentials in EV Charge&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>After returning to the Project Dashboard, click &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Project settings&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../settings.jpg" alt="Settings">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 6:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Project settings&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Go to &lt;strong>Service accounts&lt;/strong> and click &lt;strong>Generate new private key&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../generate-new-private-key.jpg" alt="Generate new private key">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 7:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Generate new private key&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>After confirming key generation, a JSON file will be downloaded to your computer.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../confirm-key-generation.jpg" alt="Confirm key generation">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 8:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Confirm key generation&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The JSON file from the previous step contains your Firebase private key credentials&amp;mdash;it can be opened in a text editor.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../private-key-json-file-contents.jpg" alt="Private key JSON file contents">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 9:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Private key JSON file contents&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Next, visit &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, navigate to &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>System configuration&lt;/strong> &lt;i class="fa fa-arrow-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong> &lt;i class="fa fa-arrow-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Platforms&lt;/strong>. Click &lt;strong>Firebase (FCM)&lt;/strong>, then enter the credentials (which are: client ID, client email, project ID, private key ID, and private key) into the form. Finish by clicking &lt;strong>Submit&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The credentials are obtained from the JSON file downloaded previously.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../firebase-configuration-on-ev-charge.jpg" alt="Firebase configuration on EV Charge - Web">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 10:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Firebase configuration on EV Charge&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>You have successfully configured Firebase for &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="create-a-firebase-mobile-app-configuration---ios">Create a Firebase mobile app configuration - iOS&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Go to the Project Dashboard on Firebase and enter the Project settings.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../settings.jpg" alt="Project settings">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 11:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Project settings&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Under the General tab, scroll to &lt;strong>Your apps&lt;/strong> and select the iOS platform.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../add-iOS-app-configuration.jpg" alt="Add iOS app configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 12:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Add iOS app configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In the first step, enter the Apple ID (provided by &lt;strong>Tridens&lt;/strong>) and click &lt;strong>Register app&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../iOS-app-configuration-step-1.jpg" alt="iOS app configuration - Step 1">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 13:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>iOS app configuration - Step 1&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In the second step, download the &lt;strong>GoogleService-Info.plist&lt;/strong> config file and provide it to &lt;strong>Tridens&lt;/strong> to include it in your app build, then click &lt;strong>Next&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../iOS-app-configuration-step-2.jpg" alt="iOS app configuration - Step 2">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 14:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>iOS app configuration - Step 2&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Click &lt;strong>Next&lt;/strong> on steps 3 and 4, then &lt;strong>Continue&lt;/strong> on step 5. This will return you to the Project Settings page, where your iOS app configuration will be visible. You can also re-download the &lt;strong>GoogleServiceInfo.plist&lt;/strong> file here.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../iOS-app-configuration-finished.jpg" alt="iOS app configuration - finished">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 15:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>iOS app configuration - finished&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="create-a-firebase-mobile-app-configuration---android">Create a Firebase mobile app configuration - Android&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Go to the Project Dashboard on Firebase and enter the Project settings.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../settings.jpg" alt="Project settings">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 16:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Project settings&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Under the General tab, scroll to &lt;strong>Your apps&lt;/strong> and select the Android platform.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../add-android-app-configuration.jpg" alt="Add Android app configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 17:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Add Android app configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In the first step, enter the Android package name (provided by &lt;strong>Tridens&lt;/strong>) and click &lt;strong>Register app&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../android-app-configuration-step-1.jpg" alt="Android app configuration - Step 1">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 18:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Android app configuration - Step 1&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In the second step, download the &lt;strong>google-services.json&lt;/strong> config file and provide it to &lt;strong>Tridens&lt;/strong> to include it in your app build, then click &lt;strong>Next&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../android-app-configuration-step-2.jpg" alt="Android app configuration - Step 2">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 19:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Android app configuration - Step 2&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Click &lt;strong>Next&lt;/strong> on step 3 and &lt;strong>Continue&lt;/strong> on step 4. This will return you to the Project Settings page, where your Android app configuration will be visible. You can also re-download the &lt;strong>googleservices.json&lt;/strong> file here.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../android-app-configuration-finished.jpg" alt="Android app configuration - finished">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 20:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Android app configuration - finished&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Roaming Profile</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/roaming-profile/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/roaming-profile/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-globe-americas" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="roaming-profile">Roaming Profile&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Represents roaming node settings of CPO or eMSP, which is primarly using Tridens EV Charge as the central system.
Settings are used to represent the CPO or eMSP entity in protocol specific roaming network communication with other third-party roaming platform nodes.&lt;br>
Entity can be related to Operator, otherwise it belongs to a general Site context.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>General locational, monetary and informal settings are taken from the Site and Operator context.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Required to configure:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Protocol&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming identifier&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Platform type&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>In the scope of Roaming Profile, Roaming Platforms can be configured for the communication and integration with third-party roaming service. See &lt;a href="../roaming/roaming_platform.md">Roaming Platforms&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When desired to expose the charging infrastructure as a charge point operator (CPO) to the third-party providers/services, it is required to populate the charging infrastructure entries, as stated below.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Area&lt;/strong>: Set area’s &lt;strong>roaming id&lt;/strong> to the unique identifier non-blank value and also populate the phone number of Area or related Operator. Roaming id attribute is required for roaming, but please note that this identifier may not be used in every roaming protocol, due to different protocol rules.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Charger&lt;/strong>: Set charger’s &lt;strong>roaming id&lt;/strong> to the unique identifier non-blank value and also mark &lt;strong>roaming&lt;/strong> attribute as enabled. Roaming id attribute is required for roaming, but please note that this identifier may not be used in every roaming protocol, due to different protocol rules.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Connector&lt;/strong>: Set connector’s &lt;strong>roaming id&lt;/strong> to the unique identifier non-blank value. Roaming id attribute is required for roaming, but please note that this identifier may not be used in every roaming protocol, due to different protocol rules.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>See Table 1&lt;/em> for the mapping of roaming identifiers in different roaming protocols.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Roaming protocol’s attribute mapping from Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Roaming Protocol&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Roaming Protocol Attribute&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Mapping from Tridens EV Charge&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Example&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>OCPI 2.2.1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>location id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Constructed based on Area’s roaming id.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>010107&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>OCPI 2.2.1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>evse uid&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Constructed based on Connector’s roaming id.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>010107&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>OCPI 2.2.1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>evse id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Constructed based on Roaming Profile’s country code, roaming id and Connector’s roaming id.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>SI &lt;strong>TRI&lt;/strong> E010107&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>OCPI 2.2.1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>connector id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Constructed based on Connector’s roaming id.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>010107&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>OICP 2.3&lt;/td>
&lt;td>evse id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Constructed based on Roaming Profile’s country code, roaming id and Connector’s roaming id.&lt;/td>
&lt;td>SI &lt;strong>TRI&lt;/strong> E010107&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table></description></item><item><title>Docs: Stations</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/stations/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/stations/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-wrench" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Operations&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all charging stations is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the stations&amp;rsquo; list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for a charging station by name, serial number, model, vendor, or/and operational status.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>OCPP-related operations on the charging station include the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#reboot">Reboot&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#firmware-upgrade">Firmware upgrade&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#diagnostic-logs">Diagnostic logs&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#trigger-message">Trigger message&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="reboot">Reboot&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>The &lt;a href="../../stations">charging station&lt;/a> in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> is the network component. To send a reboot request to the charging station, click &lt;i class="fa fa-sync" aria-hidden="true" style="color: red;">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Reboot&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="firmware-upgrade">Firmware upgrade&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To request a firmware upgrade on the charging station, click &lt;i class="fa fa-upload" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Firmware update&lt;/strong>. Provide a location (in URL form)&amp;mdash;typically, this is an FTP location or an HTTP address from where the file can be downloaded.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>The format of the FTP URL is: &lt;span style="background-color: #161c47; color: #dee2e6; padding: 0px 3px;">ftp://user:password@host:port/path&lt;/span> where &lt;span style="background-color: #161c47; color: #dee2e6; padding: 0px 3px;">user:password@&lt;/span>, &lt;span style="background-color: #161c47; color: #dee2e6; padding: 0px 3px;">:password&lt;/span>, or &lt;span style="background-color: #161c47; color: #dee2e6; padding: 0px 3px;">:port&lt;/span> can be omitted.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The format of the HTTP address is: &lt;span style="background-color: #161c47; color: #dee2e6; padding: 0px 3px;">http://hostname:port/path&lt;/span> where &lt;span style="background-color: #161c47; color: #dee2e6; padding: 0px 3px;">:port&lt;/span> can be omitted.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Retrieve at&lt;/strong> indicates when the charging station will download the file, and the &lt;strong>Install at&lt;/strong> means when the update (in the form of a file) will be installed on the charging station.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Retries&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Retry interval&lt;/strong> represent how many times and at what interval, respectively, the charging station will re-download the file in case the download fails on the first attempt.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Clicking &lt;strong>Request&lt;/strong> schedules the firmware upgrade on the charging station.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="diagnostic-logs">Diagnostic logs&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To request diagnostic logs for the charging station, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Diagnostic request&lt;/strong>. Provide the periods from which to retrieve the diagnostic logs by configuring the start and stop times.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Additionally, provide a URL where the logs will be uploaded because OCPP does not work with direct file transfer. You will need an SFTP/FTP server where the file will be pushed or an HTTP address.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
Download and install an SFTP/FTP client/software, for example, &lt;a href="https://filezilla-project.org/">FileZilla&lt;/a> &lt;i class="fa fa-external-link-alt" style="color: #3176d9" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i>. Run it as a server on your computer, and provide the URL to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> to download the file to the server.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Retries&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Retry interval&lt;/strong> represent how many times and at what intervals the charging station retries to upload the diagnostic logs to the URL if it fails on the first attempt.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>By clicking &lt;strong>Request&lt;/strong>, the charging station will collect its internal logs and send them to the link configured in the URL.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="trigger-message">Trigger message&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Trigger message is used to trigger specific OCPP actions on the charger, mainly for the purpose of debugging or testing. To trigger a message, click &lt;i class="fa fa-exclamation" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Trigger message&lt;/strong>, and select the type of trigger message, which could be:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Boot notification&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Diagnostics status notification&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Firmware status notification&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Heartbeat&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Meter values&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Status notification&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul></description></item><item><title>Docs: Templates</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/business-configuration/templates/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/business-configuration/templates/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#mail-templates">Mail templates&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-mail-template">Create a mail template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-mail-template-page">Details mail template page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-mail-template">Update mail template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-mail-template">Delete mail template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#sms-templates">SMS templates&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-an-sms-template">Create an SMS template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-sms-template-page">Details SMS template page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-sms-template">Update SMS template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-sms-template">Delete SMS template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#push-notification-templates">Push notification templates&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-push-notification-template">Create a push notification template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-push-notification-template-page">Details push notification template page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-push-notification-template">Update push notification template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-push-notification-template">Delete push notification template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-cogs" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Business configuration&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Templates&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="mail-templates">Mail templates&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To access this section, click &lt;strong>Mail templates&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all mail templates is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A mail template is used to configure the layout and some basic information for an email sent to a receiver.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The template can include content like images or text.
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-mail-template">Create a mail template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-mail-template-page">Details mail template page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-mail-template">Update mail template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-mail-template">Delete mail template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="create-a-mail-template">Create a mail template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#mail-templates">mail templates&lt;/a>, to create a mail template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create&lt;/strong>. Provide a name, code, and description.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Additional configurable parameters for the mail template include the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Subject&lt;/li>
&lt;li>From address&lt;/li>
&lt;li>To&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Cc&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Bcc&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Reply to&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>from address&lt;/strong> represents the sender&amp;rsquo;s address, while the &lt;strong>to&lt;/strong> represents the receiver&amp;rsquo;s address.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>In addition, configure the body for the template.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> provides a rich text editor to customize the template body, as shown below. You can also import your template.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../mail-template-body.png" alt="Mail template body">
&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Mail template body&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="details-mail-template-page">Details mail template page&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#mail-templates">mail templates&lt;/a>, to see the full details of a mail template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following information:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Description&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Subject&lt;/li>
&lt;li>From address&lt;/li>
&lt;li>To&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Cc&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Bcc&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Reply to&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Content (if any)&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="update-mail-template">Update mail template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#mail-templates">mail templates&lt;/a>, to update a mail template, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the mail template. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-a-mail-template">create a mail template&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-mail-template">Delete mail template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#mail-templates">mail templates&lt;/a>, to delete a mail template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Deleting a mail template already used in other parts of &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> cannot be done. Every particular reference to the mail template first has to be deleted.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="sms-templates">SMS templates&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To access this section, click &lt;strong>SMS templates&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all SMS templates is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>An SMS template is used to configure how an SMS will be presented to the receiver.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-an-sms-template">Create an SMS template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-sms-template-page">Details SMS template page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-sms-template">Update SMS template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-sms-template">Delete SMS template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="create-an-sms-template">Create an SMS template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#sms-templates">SMS templates&lt;/a>, to create an SMS template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create&lt;/strong>. Provide a name, code, description, and content.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="details-sms-template-page">Details SMS template page&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#sms-templates">SMS templates&lt;/a>, to see the full details of an SMS template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following information:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Description&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Content&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="update-sms-template">Update SMS template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#sms-templates">SMS templates&lt;/a>, to update an SMS template, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the SMS template. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-an-sms-template">create an SMS template&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-sms-template">Delete SMS template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#sms-templates">SMS templates&lt;/a>, to delete an SMS template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Deleting an SMS template already used in other parts of &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> cannot be done. Every particular reference to the SMS template first has to be deleted.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="push-notification-templates">Push notification templates&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To access this section, click &lt;strong>Push notification templates&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all push notification templates is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A push notification template is used to configure how a push notification will be presented to the receiver.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-push-notification-template">Create a push notification template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-push-notification-template-page">Details push notification template page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-push-notification-template">Update push notification template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-push-notification-template">Delete push notification template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="create-a-push-notification-template">Create a push notification template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#push-notification-templates">push notification templates&lt;/a>, to create a push notification template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create&lt;/strong>. Provide a name, code, description, and content.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="details-push-notification-template-page">Details push notification template page&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#push-notification-templates">push notification templates&lt;/a>, to see the full details of a push notification template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following information:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Description&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Content&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="update-push-notification-template">Update push notification template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#push-notification-templates">push notification templates&lt;/a>, to update a push notification template, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the push notification template. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-a-push-notification-template">create a push notification template&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-push-notification-template">Delete push notification template&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#push-notification-templates">push notification templates&lt;/a>, to delete a push notification template, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Deleting a push notification template already used in other parts of &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> cannot be done. Every particular reference to the push notification template first has to be deleted.
&lt;/div></description></item><item><title>Docs: Users</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/user-management/users/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/user-management/users/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-user">Create a user&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-user-page">Details user page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-user">Update user&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#enabledisable-user">Enable/Disable user&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-user-md" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>User management&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Users&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all users is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
A user with the status of &lt;strong>Active&lt;/strong> means the user is activated. To learn how to enable/disable a user, see &lt;a href="#enabledisable-user">Enable/Disable user&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for a user by first name, last name, email address, role, or/and status.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>To generate the users list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, or copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-user">Create a user&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-user-page">Details user page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-user">Update user&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#enabledisable-user">Enable/Disable user&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="create-a-user">Create a user&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;strong>Users&lt;/strong>, to create a user, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create&lt;/strong>. Provide a first name, last name, email address, and password.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Under the roles, a user can be a power user or/and an &lt;a href="../../operators">operator&lt;/a>. A power user (typically yourself) can access all functionalities on the user interface in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>However, if the user role of an operator is selected; in that case, it should be linked to an operator. Consequently, the user will only have access to what is related to the operator&amp;rsquo;s &lt;a href="../../areas">charging area&lt;/a>—for instance, the stations and assets linked to the operator&amp;rsquo;s charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
To select an operator, start typing the operator name to show the operator.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>By default, the user will be activated. However, the &lt;strong>Enabled&lt;/strong> toggle switch allows you to activate or deactivate the user. Once the new user is created, they can log in to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> using their details.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="details-user-page">Details user page&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;strong>Users&lt;/strong>, to see the full details of a user, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following information:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>First name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Last name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Email&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roles (if any)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Sites: This represents the sites the user can access.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Operator (if any)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Status&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="update-user">Update user&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;strong>Users&lt;/strong>, to update a user, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the user. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-a-user">create a user&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Email&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="enabledisable-user">Enable/Disable user&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To enable/disable a user, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the user. Then, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
Use the &lt;strong>Enabled&lt;/strong> toggle switch to activate or deactivate the user.
&lt;/div></description></item><item><title>Docs: App Builder</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/system-configuration/app-builder/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/system-configuration/app-builder/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#library">Library&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#builder-interface">Builder interface&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configuration">Configuration&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#widgets">Widgets&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#menu">Menu&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>System configuration&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>App builder&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../app-builder.webp" alt="App Builder">&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="library">Library&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To access this section, click &lt;strong>App builder&lt;/strong>. A list of all created application templates is displayed in a table, showing their &lt;strong>Name&lt;/strong>, &lt;strong>Status&lt;/strong> (e.g., Published or Draft), and creation date.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../app-builder-template-library.webp" alt="App Builder template library">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>App Builder template library&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>You can use the search bar at the top to filter the templates by name. For each template, you can view or modify its specific configuration by clicking the &lt;i class="fa fa-eye" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>View/Edit&lt;/strong> icon.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To create a new app template, click &lt;strong>+ Template&lt;/strong>. This will open a modal where you must enter the template name. After creating it, you can begin configuring its layout.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../add-template-modal.webp" alt="Add template modal">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Add template modal&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="dashboard">Dashboard&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>After selecting a template via the &lt;strong>View/Edit&lt;/strong> icon, you will enter the builder interface.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The center of the screen features a visual &lt;strong>Phone Emulator&lt;/strong>. This area dynamically represents the application&amp;rsquo;s user interface, displaying an approximation of how the configured widgets and footers will appear on a mobile device.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The emulator screen is divided into three areas where widgets can be placed:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Top&lt;/strong> – A supplementary area displayed above the main content, typically used for search bars, filters, or custom HTML banners.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Center&lt;/strong> – The primary content area. This is the main view users see when they open a screen in the live app (e.g., the station list, map, or account overview). Widgets placed here form the core of the screen&amp;rsquo;s functionality.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Bottom&lt;/strong> – A supplementary area below the main content, used for additional controls or custom elements.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../phone-emulator-interface.webp" alt="Phone emulator interface">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Phone emulator interface&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="builder-interface">Builder interface&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>The right sidebar contains the primary configuration tools organized into two tabs: &lt;strong>Widgets&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Menu settings&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="widgets">Widgets&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Widgets&lt;/strong> tab allows you to customize the content of individual screens in the app.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../widgets-tab-configuration.webp" alt="Widgets tab configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Widgets tab configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Select screen to build&lt;/strong>: Use the dropdown menu to choose which specific app screen to configure (e.g., &lt;em>Stations &amp;gt; Map&lt;/em>, &lt;em>Stations &amp;gt; List&lt;/em>, &lt;em>Account&lt;/em>, &lt;em>Sessions&lt;/em>).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Drag and drop widgets&lt;/strong>: Below the screen selection is a library of available widgets for the selected screen. Drag and drop them into the corresponding areas (Top, Center, Bottom) on the &lt;strong>Phone Emulator&lt;/strong>.
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Examples for &lt;em>Stations List&lt;/em> include: Search and filter, Station list, Camera button, Custom HTML.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Examples for &lt;em>Account&lt;/em> include: Car list, Card list, Settings, Delete account.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>Once a widget is added to the phone emulator, you can configure its placement and behavior by clicking the &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Settings&lt;/strong> icon directly on the widget.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../widget-settings-configuration.webp" alt="Widget settings configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 5:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Widget settings configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The right sidebar will display specific configuration fields for that widget type:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Position&lt;/strong>: Set relative horizontal and vertical positioning (left, right, top, bottom as percentages).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Padding and Margin&lt;/strong>: Adjust the inner and outer spacing of the widget in pixels.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Label&lt;/strong>: For certain widgets, you may adjust the displayed label text.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To delete a widget, click the &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong> icon on the widget in the emulator.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="menu">Menu&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong> tab is used to configure the app&amp;rsquo;s bottom navigation footer.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../menu-settings-tab-configuration.webp" alt="Menu settings tab configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 6:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Menu settings tab configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Active Menu Tabs&lt;/strong>: You can reorder and manage the tabs that are currently visible to users in the app&amp;rsquo;s footer (limited to a maximum of 5 active tabs).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Unused Menu Tabs&lt;/strong>: Shows available features and screens that are not currently included in the bottom navigation. Drag items here to hide them from the footer.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>You can also configure the settings for the structural areas in the emulator. In the emulator, click the &lt;strong>Settings&lt;/strong> icon near the &amp;ldquo;Top area&amp;rdquo; or &amp;ldquo;Bottom area&amp;rdquo; labels to adjust properties such as making the area &lt;strong>&amp;ldquo;Always visible&amp;rdquo;&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../screen-settings-configuration.webp" alt="Menu settings configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 7:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Menu settings configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>After making all necessary changes, click the &lt;strong>Save&lt;/strong> button to apply the modifications to the app template.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../app-builder-save.webp" alt="App builder save configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Figure 8:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>App builder save configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Authorization</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/authorization/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/authorization/</guid><description>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local offline authorization&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Controls whether the charger will authorize the user when they are offline by using the authorization cache and/or local authorization list.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local pre-authorize&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Controls whether the charger will use authorization cache and/or local authorization list to start a session without waiting for an authorization response from the central system. The central system can later deauthorize the user at session event exchange.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local auth list enabled&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the local authorization list is enabled on the charging station.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Set local list max. length&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging station’s maximum number of identifiers that can be sent in a single request to update the authorization list.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local auth list&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Maximum number of identifiers that can be stored in the local authorization list of the charging station.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Allow offline session of unknown id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the station supports the unknown-offline-authorization feature.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorization cache enabled&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the authorization cache is enabled on the charging station.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorize remote start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether additional authorization at remote session start request is enabled on the charger. If enabled, the charger issues authorization when it receives the remote start request from mobile/web.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table></description></item><item><title>Docs: Charging Session Malfunctions</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/charging-session-malfunctions/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/charging-session-malfunctions/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#introduction">Introduction&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-charging-but-energy-not-progressing-on-tridens">1. Session charging, but energy not progressing on Tridens&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-charging-but-session-shows-0-kw-or-0-a-on-tridens">2. Session charging, but session shows 0 kW or 0 A on Tridens&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#no-customer-assigned-on-session">3. No customer assigned on session&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#false-time-tracking">4. False time tracking&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#faulted-connector">5. Faulted connector&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#suspended-evevse">6. Suspended EV/EVSE&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#rating-failed">7. Rating failed&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#billing-failed">8. Billing failed&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-did-not-start">9. Session did not start&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#obsolete-session-charger-stops-responding">10. Obsolete session, charger stops responding&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#inadequate-session">11. Inadequate session&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="introduction">Introduction&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>This document describes scenarios of frequent EV charging session malfunctions with solution instructions and preventive measures.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="1-session-charging-but-energy-not-progressing-on-tridens">1. Session charging, but energy not progressing on Tridens&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session charging at physical charger. Actual energy transferred &amp;gt;0 kWh, but on Tridens EV Charge web/mobile it shows 0 kWh or is stuck at some point above 0 kWh. This is usually the consequence of connector’s power limit being set too low on Tridens EV Charge dashboard, which causes the session energy validation rejections, as described in &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#energy-report-validation">Energy Report Validation&lt;/a>. Alternative issue might be that charging station is not reporting any energy consumption.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../sessions-energy-consumption-not-progressing.png" alt="Session&amp;amp;rsquo;s energy consumption not progressing on Tridens dashboard web/mobile.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Session&amp;rsquo;s energy consumption not progressing on Tridens dashboard web/mobile.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 1.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Connector&amp;rsquo;s power capacity configuration on Tridens&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Adjust the connector&amp;rsquo;s &lt;strong>power (W)&lt;/strong> capacity on Tridens EV Charge dashboard to reflect an actual power capacity of the connector. Provide the power value in unit of watts (W). This shall adjust the active session&amp;rsquo;s energy, once the next session meter values are reported. Future sessions shall contain the proper energy consumption. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#energy-report-validation">Session Integrations - Energy Report Validation&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Enable reporting of energy consumption on station&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Enable the reporting of energy (energy active import) on the physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration. Adjust physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration by using Tridens EV Charge dashboard &lt;strong>Station - Actions - Configuration - Meterings&lt;/strong>. Enable &lt;strong>Energy.Active.Import.Register&lt;/strong> in &lt;strong>Measurands&lt;/strong>. Future sessions shall then contain energy consumption reports.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Enable meter values reporting interval on station&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Enable the reporting interval for session-related meter values on the physical charging station. Adjust physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration by using Tridens EV Charge dashboard &lt;strong>Station - Actions - Configuration - Meterings&lt;/strong> and adjusting &lt;strong>Meter Value Sample Interval&lt;/strong>. &lt;br>&lt;br> Interval is expected to be between 10-60 seconds. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#meter-values-reporting">Session Integrations - Meter Values Reporting&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="2-session-charging-but-session-shows-0-kw-or-0-a-on-tridens">2. Session charging, but session shows 0 kW or 0 A on Tridens&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>EV session charging at physical charger and actual energy is being transferred. Energy is &amp;gt;0 kWh, but power shows 0 kW or current 0 A on Tridens EV Charge web/mobile. This is usually the consequence of insufficient charger configuration in the scope of meter values reporting.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../sessions-latest-power.png" alt="Session&amp;amp;rsquo;s latest power and amperage missing on Tridens dashboard web/mobile.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Session&amp;rsquo;s latest power and amperage missing on Tridens dashboard web/mobile.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 2.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Enable reporting of energy consumption on station&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Enable the reporting of power and current on the physical charging station&amp;rsquo;s configuration. Adjust physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration by using Tridens EV Charge dashboard &lt;strong>Station - Actions - Configuration - Meterings&lt;/strong>. Enable &lt;strong>Power.Active.Import&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Current.Import&lt;/strong> in &lt;strong>Measurands&lt;/strong>. Future sessions shall then contain power and current reports, as long as the charger supports reporting these. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#meter-values-reporting">Session Integrations - Meter Values Reporting&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Enable meter values reporting interval on station&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Enable the reporting interval for session-related meter values on the physical charging station. Adjust physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration by using Tridens EV Charge dashboard &lt;strong>Station - Actions - Configuration - Meterings&lt;/strong> and adjusting &lt;strong>Meter Value Sample Interval&lt;/strong>. Interval is expected to be between 10-60 seconds. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#meter-values-reporting">Session Integrations - Meter Values Reporting&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="3-no-customer-assigned-on-session">3. No customer assigned on session&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session has no customer assigned, but charger is not publicly open.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../no-customer-assigned.png" alt="No customer assigned on Tridens session.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>No customer assigned on Tridens session.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 3.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session timeout&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Such session state can be a consequence of non-proper configuration of &lt;strong>connection timeout&lt;/strong> &amp;amp; &lt;strong>session expiration settings&lt;/strong>. &lt;br> Adjust based on &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#session-start-timeout">Session Start Timeout&lt;/a> and &lt;a href="../../sessions/#idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/a>. &lt;br>&lt;br> To avoid fraudulent usage, we suggest using preventive measures by configuring the charger’s timeout period in which the session is expected to start. It covers the time available to start the session, since the acceptance of remote start request or driver authorization at the spot. &lt;br>&lt;br> Remote session start and authorization timeout on charger side represents the pending period to start the session upon the acceptance, after which session start confirmation is expected from the charger. If this time is breached, the charger should prevent any session from starting without the next session authorization acceptance, whether by mobile remote request or authorization at the charger. &lt;br>&lt;br> Example: &lt;br> The EV driver plugs the charger’s connector to the vehicle. Then the driver presses the session start request button on the mobile application, and at this point, session is ready. Ready session expiration time of 30 seconds starts ticking. If it reaches 30 seconds and the session has not started yet, then the session gets closed on the central system side and is not being tracked anymore. Charger needs to discard this session as well by using the compatible timeout period, which is advised to be shorter than the one of the central systems due to the time elapsed for the commands exchange. &lt;br>&lt;br> Session timeout section is related to &lt;em>ready-session-expiration&lt;/em> settings of the central system, as it closes inactive sessions based on the expiration settings and idle job configuration. Make sure to use the consistent ready-session-expiration time on the central system, so it works aligned with the charger.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorization caches&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Disable charging station&amp;rsquo;s local &lt;strong>authorization caches&lt;/strong>. &lt;br> Adjust physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration in &lt;strong>Stations - Actions - Configuration - Authorization&lt;/strong> and invalidate/disable authorization caches. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#driver-authorization">Session Integrations - Driver Authorization&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorization lists&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Disable charging station&amp;rsquo;s local &lt;strong>authorization lists&lt;/strong>. &lt;br> Adjust physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration in &lt;strong>Stations - Actions - Configuration - Authorization&lt;/strong> and disable, erase or update authorization lists. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#driver-authorization">Session Integrations - Driver Authorization&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="4-false-time-tracking">4. False time tracking&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session charging most of the time (has high energy consumption), but parking/fault time is tracked instead. This indicates false connector status reporting.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../tridens-session-has-inconsistent-times.png" alt="Tridens session has inconsistent times.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Tridens session has inconsistent times.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../connector-has-non-proper-status-on-tridens-web-dashboard.png" alt="Connector has non-proper status on Tridens web dashboard.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 5:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Connector has non-proper status on Tridens web dashboard.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 4.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Investigate OCPP logs&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Investigate OCPP communication of the charging station in Tridens EV Charge dashboard under &lt;strong>Stations - View Logs - OCPP&lt;/strong>. Focus on latest reported connector statuses from the charger in &lt;em>StatusNotification&lt;/em>. The condition may be a result of false connector status reporting or invalid timestamp included in the report. &lt;br>&lt;br> OCPP communication view: &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#view-logs">Stations - Logs - Logged OCPP Communication&lt;/a> &lt;br>&lt;br> Session duration scopes (reservation, charging, parking, fault): &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#duration-scopes">Sessions - Duration Scopes&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Use charging station&amp;rsquo;s latest firmware&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Ensure using the charging station manufacturer&amp;rsquo;s latest stable firmware, which may already provide a correction. Otherwise, please contact the manufacturer about the connector status reporting issue and provide them the OCPP logs excerpt. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../../operations/stations/#firmware-update">Tridens EV Charge Operations - Stations - Firmware&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="5-faulted-connector">5. Faulted connector&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session starts charging &amp;amp; charges load, then connector switches to faulted (hardware malfunction) and shows OCPP logs for investigation.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../connector-has-faulted-status.png" alt="Connector has faulted status on Tridens web dashboard.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 6:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Connector has faulted status on Tridens web dashboard.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../contains-fault-time.png" alt="Tridens session contains fault time.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 7:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Tridens session contains fault time.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 5:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 5.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Investigate OCPP logs&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Investigate OCPP communication of the charging station in Tridens EV Charge dashboard under &lt;strong>Stations - View Logs - OCPP&lt;/strong>. Focus on the latest &lt;em>StatusNotification&lt;/em> reports from the charger and find error logs. Vendor error codes may indicate a specific error that requires a technician&amp;rsquo;s action. &lt;br>&lt;br> OCPP communication view: &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#view-logs">Stations - Logs - Logged OCPP Communication&lt;/a> &lt;br>&lt;br> Session duration scopes (reservation, charging, parking, fault): &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#duration-scopes">Sessions - Duration Scopes&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Use charging station&amp;rsquo;s latest firmware&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Ensure using the charging station manufacturer&amp;rsquo;s latest stable firmware, which may already provide a correction. Otherwise, please contact the manufacturer about the connector status reporting issue and provide them the OCPP logs excerpt. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../../operations/stations/#firmware-update">Tridens EV Charge Operations - Stations - Firmware&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Notification on faulted connector&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Use &lt;strong>notifications&lt;/strong> to notify the charging infrastructure operator about the malfunction. &lt;br>&lt;br> Notification actions of interest: &lt;br> • Faulted connectors &lt;br> • Session with faulted time &lt;br>&lt;br> To configure notifications of different publishing types, follow instructions: &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications">System Configuration - Notifications&lt;/a> &lt;br>&lt;br> More notification guidelines for operators are defined in: &lt;br> &lt;a href="../notifications-guidelines">Integrations - Notifications Guidelines&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="6-suspended-evevse">6. Suspended EV/EVSE&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session started charging &amp;amp; charged some load, then connector was switched to suspended EV (charger offering energy, but EV not taking it) or suspended EVSE (charger not offering energy to EV). Please note that suspension may happen temporarily due to energy network load balancing or vehicle&amp;rsquo;s battery management system, to prevent failures.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../connector-has-suspended-status.png" alt="Connector has suspended status on Tridens web dashboard.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 8:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Connector has suspended status on Tridens web dashboard.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../session-contains-parking-time-due-to-suspension.png" alt="Tridens session contains parking time, due to suspension.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 9:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Tridens session contains parking time, due to suspension.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 6:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 6.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Investigate OCPP logs&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Investigate OCPP communication of the charging station in Tridens EV Charge dashboard under &lt;strong>Stations - View Logs - OCPP&lt;/strong>. Focus on the latest &lt;em>StatusNotification&lt;/em> reports from the charger. Exact status reason can be found in additional info attributes. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;strong>Suspended EV&lt;/strong> means that charger is offering energy, but vehicle is not taking it. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;strong>Suspended EVSE&lt;/strong> means that charger is not offering energy. &lt;br>&lt;br> OCPP communication view: &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#view-logs">Stations - Logs - Logged OCPP Communication&lt;/a> &lt;br>&lt;br> Session duration scopes (parking, charging, &amp;hellip;): &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#duration-scopes">Sessions - Duration Scopes&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="7-rating-failed">7. Rating failed&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Customer&amp;rsquo;s session was charging successfully, but it ended up in &lt;em>rating-failed&lt;/em> status.
Failed rating of session can be a consequence of false plan-product catalogue configuration in Tridens Monetization, false customer&amp;rsquo;s subscription plan configuration in Tridens Monetization or internal error due to maintenance. Rating can be retried manually or by an automated job.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../session-with-rating-failed-status.png" alt="Tridens session with rating-failed status.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 10:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Tridens session with rating-failed status.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 7:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 7.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Manual retry rating&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Attempt manual retry rating operation on session by using Tridens EV Charge web dashboard in &lt;strong>Sessions - Actions&lt;/strong> and hit &lt;strong>Retry rating&lt;/strong>. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-retry-rating">Sessions - Retry Rating&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Automated retry rating&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Automated retry rating operation is done by automated &lt;strong>retry session rating job&lt;/strong>. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-retry-rating">Sessions - Retry Rating&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Monetization catalogue configuration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Verify whether rate plan configuration is proper in Tridens Monetization.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Customer subscription plan configuration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Verify whether customer&amp;rsquo;s subscription plan configuration is proper in Tridens Monetization.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="8-billing-failed">8. Billing failed&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Customer&amp;rsquo;s session was charging successfully, but it ended up in &lt;em>billing-failed&lt;/em> status.
Failed billing of session can be a consequence of false plan-product catalogue configuration in Tridens Monetization, false customer&amp;rsquo;s subscription plan configuration in Tridens Monetization or internal error due to maintenance. Rating can be retried manually or by an automated job.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../session-with-billing-failed-status.png" alt="Tridens session with billing-failed status.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 11:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Tridens session with billing-failed status.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 8:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 8.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Manual retry billing&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Attempt manual retry billing operation on session by using Tridens EV Charge web dashboard in &lt;strong>Sessions - Actions&lt;/strong> and hit &lt;strong>Retry billing&lt;/strong>. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-retry-billing">Sessions - Retry Billing&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Automated retry billing&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Automated retry billing operation is done by automated &lt;strong>retry session billing job&lt;/strong>. &lt;br>&lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-retry-billing">Sessions - Retry Billing&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Monetization catalogue configuration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Verify whether rate plan configuration is proper in Tridens Monetization.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Customer subscription plan configuration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Verify whether customer&amp;rsquo;s subscription plan configuration is proper in Tridens Monetization.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="9-session-did-not-start">9. Session did not start&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Charging session has been requested to start and was prepared with &lt;em>ready&lt;/em> status. Session then never proceeded to start and did not obtain the &lt;em>in-progress&lt;/em> status. Eventually, the session becomes &lt;em>closed&lt;/em>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Such session state can be a consequence of non-proper configuration of &lt;strong>connection timeout&lt;/strong> &amp;amp; &lt;strong>session expiration settings&lt;/strong> or missing session event from the charging station.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../prepared-session-in-ready-status.png" alt="Prepared session in ready status.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 12:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Prepared session in ready status.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../non-started-session-has-been-closed.png" alt="Non-started session has been closed.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 13:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Non-started session has been closed.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 9:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 9.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Ready session expiration on Tridens&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session on the Tridens EV Charge server is considered as idle when not receiving event reports from the charging infrastructure after a certain configured time. &lt;br> &lt;strong>Ready session expiration&lt;/strong> represents allowed inactivity period for a prepared &lt;em>ready&lt;/em> charging session. When background job detects a &lt;em>ready&lt;/em> session’s inactivity exceeding this time, it finalizes it (rating and closing). &lt;br>&lt;br> Adjust ready session expiration settings on Tridens by following instructions in &lt;a href="../../sessions/#idle-session-settings">Tridens EV Charge – Idle Session Settings&lt;/a>. &lt;br>&lt;br> Align the expiration period with the &lt;em>Session connection timeout&lt;/em> period.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session connection timeout of station&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Ensure to configure the &lt;strong>session start connection timeout&lt;/strong> period on the charging station side. It covers the time available to start the session, since the acceptance of remote session start request or driver authorization. &lt;br> Adjust physical station&amp;rsquo;s configuration in &lt;strong>Stations - Actions - Configuration - Core/General&lt;/strong> and adjust the &lt;strong>Connection timeout&lt;/strong>, as instructed in &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#session-start-timeout">Tridens EV Charge – Charging Session Integration – Session Start Timeout&lt;/a> &lt;br>&lt;br> Align the timeout with &lt;em>Ready session expiration&lt;/em> on Tridens web dashboard.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Station did not report session start event&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Verify whether the charging station has reported start session event (OCPP&amp;rsquo;s &lt;strong>StartTransaction&lt;/strong> or &lt;strong>TransactionEventRequest&lt;/strong>). &lt;br>&lt;br> See OCPP communication logs: &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#view-logs">Stations - Logs - Logged OCPP Communication&lt;/a> &lt;br>&lt;br> If event is missing, ensure using the latest firmware on the charging station, otherwise report an issue to the manufacturer.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="10-obsolete-session-charger-stops-responding">10. Obsolete session, charger stops responding&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Charging session was charging and progressing, but at some point, the progress was not visible anymore on Tridens web dashboard and mobile application. Eventually, such session was detected as idle and switched from &lt;em>in-progress&lt;/em> status to &lt;em>closed&lt;/em>. Persisted energy may not reflect the value on the physical charger/vehicle.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../session-stopped-being-tracked-and-eventually-close.png" alt="Session stopped being tracked and eventually closed.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 14:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Session stopped being tracked and eventually closed.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 10:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 10.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Meter values reporting&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Ensure having session meter values reporting enabled. &lt;br> Enable session meter values reporting interval on &lt;strong>Stations - Actions - Configuration - Meterings - Interval&lt;/strong> of 10-60 seconds. &lt;br> Enable session meter values measurands reporting in &lt;strong>Stations - Actions - Configuration - Meterings - Measurands&lt;/strong>. Advised to use &lt;em>Energy.Active.Import.Register&lt;/em>, &lt;em>Power.Active.Import&lt;/em> and &lt;em>Current.Import&lt;/em>. &lt;br>&lt;br> For more guidelines and instructions on configuring the meter values, refer to &lt;a href="../charging-session-integration/#meter-values-reporting">Tridens EV Charge – Charging Session Integration – Meter Values Reporting&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Ongoing session expiration on Tridens&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session on the Tridens EV Charge server is considered as idle when not receiving event reports from the charging infrastructure after a certain configured time. &lt;br> &lt;strong>Ongoing session expiration&lt;/strong> represents allowed inactivity period for an &lt;em>ongoing in-progress&lt;/em> charging session. When background job detects an &lt;em>in-progress&lt;/em> session’s inactivity exceeding this time period, it finalizes the session (rating and closing). &lt;br>&lt;br> Adjust ongoing session expiration settings on Tridens by following instructions in &lt;a href="../../sessions/#idle-session-settings">Tridens EV Charge – Idle Session Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging station&amp;rsquo;s network issues&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Consider that charging station&amp;rsquo;s &lt;strong>web network issues&lt;/strong> may impact this. In large network inactivity times, session may be detected as idle and closed by &lt;em>ongoing-session-expiration&lt;/em> rules on Tridens.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging station&amp;rsquo;s firmware issue&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging station may stopped operating properly due to firmware issue, full messaging queue, memory overflow or any similar issue. &lt;br> Ensure using the latest &lt;strong>stable firmware&lt;/strong> on the charging station.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging station&amp;rsquo;s hardware issue&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging station may stopped operating properly due to hardware issue: EV communication error, high temperature, over voltage, power meter failure, reader failure, ground failure or other. &lt;br> Check out OCPP communication logs to find any fault indicators (&lt;em>StatusNotification&lt;/em>): &lt;br> &lt;a href="../../sessions/#view-logs">Stations - Logs - Logged OCPP Communication&lt;/a>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="11-inadequate-session">11. Inadequate session&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Recognize one of the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Sessions shorter than 5 minutes.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Sessions consumed less than 5 kWh of energy.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Non-properly tracked session times: Charging times, parking times, fault times.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>No customer assigned on session.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>No monetary amount assigned on session.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 11:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Solution &amp;amp; preventive measures of scenario 11.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Topic&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Short session&lt;/td>
&lt;td>See &lt;a href="#session-did-not-start">Session did not start&lt;/a> and &lt;a href="#obsolete-session-charger-stops-responding">Obsolete session, charger stops responding&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Low energy consumption&lt;/td>
&lt;td>See &lt;a href="#session-charging-but-energy-not-progressing-on-tridens">Session charging, but energy not progressing on Tridens&lt;/a> and &lt;a href="#faulted-connector">Faulted connector&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session has non-proper times&lt;/td>
&lt;td>See &lt;a href="#false-time-tracking">False time tracking&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session has no customer assigned&lt;/td>
&lt;td>See &lt;a href="#no-customer-assigned-on-session">No customer assigned on session&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session has no monetary amount&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Verify whether rate plan configuration is proper in Tridens Monetization &amp;amp; whether customer&amp;rsquo;s subscription plan configuration is proper in Tridens Monetization.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table></description></item><item><title>Docs: Revenue</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/analytics/revenue/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/analytics/revenue/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-chart-line" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Analytics&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Revenue&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>This section is divided into two parts:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>The first part shows the total revenue generated from all chargers. The information is based on the current month, a month ago, six months ago, and a year ago.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The red or green arrow shows the percentage decrease or increase respectively in total revenue at the moment against the same time a month ago, six months ago, and a year ago.
&lt;/div>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>The second part shows a bar chart representing the revenue generated from all chargers based on an interval (day, week, month, and year) from a specific period. Additionally, the information can be filtered down to an individual charger or a group of chargers.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The visual representation in the form of a bar chart can be downloaded in various formats. To achieve this, click &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Chart context menu&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol></description></item><item><title>Docs: Revenue</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/reports/revenue/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/reports/revenue/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-calendar-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Reports&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Revenue&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of the total revenue generated from each charger from a specific period is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the revenue list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for the total revenue by date-time, charger/operator, or/and a specific operator.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>In addition, the reporting section enables you to filter for the total revenue (money) generated from an &lt;a href="../../operators">operator&amp;rsquo;s&lt;/a> charger. Therefore, this will allow you to quickly determine the total revenue generated from the operator&amp;rsquo;s charger or group of chargers.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
In the case of a contract agreement with an operator to share a percentage of revenue, knowing the total revenue generated from their charger or group of chargers can be very helpful.
&lt;/div></description></item><item><title>Docs: Roaming Platform</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/roaming-platform/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/roaming-platform/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#roaming-platform">Roaming Platform&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#ocpi-access-configuration">OCPI Access Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#oicp-access-configuration">OICP Access Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-globe-americas" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="roaming-platform">Roaming Platform&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Represents a third-party roaming platform node which is configured to communicate with roaming node configured by roaming profile in Tridens EV Charge central system.
Third-party platform node can be a Hub or specific CPO, eMSP, PTP, NAP, NSP or other.
Roaming platform is configured in the scope of &lt;a href="./roaming_profile.md">Roaming Profile&lt;/a>, making platform dependent on the profile settings.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Definition of roles for the Platform&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>CPO&lt;/strong>: Charge Point Operator&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>eMSP&lt;/strong>: eMobility Service Provider&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>PTP&lt;/strong>: Payment Terminals Provider&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>NAP&lt;/strong>: National Access Point&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>NSP&lt;/strong>: Navigation Service Provider&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Hub&lt;/strong>: Hub connecting CPOs and eMSPs&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Required to configure:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Roaming identifier&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Platform type (hub, CPO, eMSP, PTP, NAP, NSP, &amp;hellip;)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Base API URL of platform&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Country&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="roaming-access-configuration">Roaming Access Configuration&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>In order to enable the communication between the roaming node of Tridens EV Charge and the third-party roaming node, the selected roaming protocol’s specific access configuration is required.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The configuration is separated on two parts, depending on which communication protocol is selected:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>OCPI Access Configuration&lt;/li>
&lt;li>OICP Access Configuration&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="ocpi-access-configuration">OCPI Access Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Applies for protocols:&lt;/em> OCPI&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Communication between the two OCPI nodes, whether CPO, eMSP, PTP, NAP, NSP, hub or other is initiated by registration and credentials exchange.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>As OCPI protocol defines, one of the two integrating nodes provide a registration token to the second node. The second node uses the registration token to initiate the communication between the two nodes, by exchanging and deciding the common protocol version, available operational modules with addresses and to finalize the credentials exchange.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Credentials exchange is done when both nodes determine to each other a new access token and registration token is revoked.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="access-initiation-setup-and-guidelines">Access Initiation Setup and Guidelines&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Step-by-step registration example #1, when roaming node of Tridens EV Charge initiates the registration to the third-party roaming platform node.&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Third-party roaming platform generates the registration token.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Registration token is forwarded in a safe way to the roaming client of Tridens EV Charge. How this step is done, depends on the onboarding communication channel between the roaming sides.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Roaming node of Tridens EV Charge uses registration token provided by the third-party roaming platform and assigns it on the roaming platform configuration by using the &lt;em>“Use Registration Token → Assign Registration Token”&lt;/em> feature.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Trigger credentials registration by using &lt;em>“Register Credentials”&lt;/em> feature.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>Step-by-step registration example #2, when third-party roaming platform node initiates the registration to the roaming node of Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Roaming client on Tridens EV Charge provides registration token to the third-party roaming platform by using the feature &lt;em>“Provide Registration Token → Generate and Assign Registration Token”&lt;/em>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Read the generated token for the roaming platform by using the feature &lt;em>“Read Credentials → Read Registration Token”&lt;/em>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Forward the token in a safe way to the third-party roaming platform. How this step is done, depends on the onboarding communication channel between the roaming sides.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Third-party roaming platform initiates the credentials registration.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>Operations to manage OCPI credentials on Tridens EV Charge:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assigning-registration-token">Assigning Registration Token&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#provide-registration-token">Provide Registration Token&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#generate-and-assign-registration-token">Generate and Assign Registration Token&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assign-registration-token">Assign Registration Token&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#use-registration-token">Use Registration Token&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assign-registration-token">Assign Registration Token&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#register-credentials">Register Credentials&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-credentials">Update Credentials&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#invalidate-credentials">Invalidate Credentials&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#read-credentials">Read Credentials&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#read-registration-token">Read Registration Token&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#read-access-token">Read Access Token&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#read-remote-access-token">Read Remote Access Token&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="assigning-the-registration-token">Assigning the Registration Token&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Serves for setup of credentials registration for later communication establishment between the Tridens EV Charge and the third-party roaming platform.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To initiate the credentials registration, one of the two integrating OCPI nodes need to provide the registration token to the other node. By the registration token, the other node will initiate the communication and complete the registration process.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>There are exclusionary options on how to determine and use the registration token for OCPI nodes registration, as further described in this section. However, token can be provided or used.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="provide-registration-token">Provide Registration Token&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>A registration token is provided by the Tridens EV Charge OCPI node, so the other OCPI node platform needs to use this registration token to initiate the OCPI credentials registration and connection establishment.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="generate-and-assign-registration-token">Generate and Assign Registration Token&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>By this operation, Tridens EV Charge auto-generates a new registration token for a third-party roaming platform. Platform uses the registration token in later steps, to initialize the OCPI credentials registration and connection establishment.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="assign-registration-token">Assign Registration Token&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>By this operation, a custom registration token for a third-party roaming platform is assigned on the Tridens EV Charge. Platform uses the registration token in later steps, to initialize the OCPI credentials registration and connection establishment.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="use-registration-token">Use Registration Token&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>A registration token is provided by the third-party roaming platform node, so the Tridens EV Charge OCPI node platform needs to use this registration token to initiate the OCPI credentials registration and connection establishment.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="assign-registration-token-1">Assign Registration Token&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Assigns the registration token, which is provided by the third-party roaming platform, so it can be used by Tridens EV Charge to initialize the OCPI credentials registration and connection establishment in later steps.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="register-credentials">Register Credentials&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Serves to trigger credentials exchange based on registration settings and establishes communication between the Tridens EV Charge and the third-party roaming platform.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Executes the credentials registration process with the third-party roaming platform. Operation uses the assigned registration token and invalidates it after, which means that new assigned credentials need to be used in further communication, as of OCPI.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>This is an operation which needs to be initiated by the side to whom the registration token is provided.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="update-credentials">Update Credentials&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Executes the credentials update for the third-party roaming platform. Operation invalidates an existing access token, which means that new assigned credentials need to be used in further communication to Tridens EV Charge, as of OCPI.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Operation notifies other roaming party with new credentials to access Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="invalidate-credentials">Invalidate Credentials&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Invalidates all roaming platform’s existing access credentials. Includes revocation of access token, remote access token and registration token.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="read-credentials">Read Credentials&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Serves to read an existing assigned access credentials used in communication between the roaming platforms.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="oicp-access-configuration">OICP Access Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Applies for protocols: OICP.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Communication between the two OICP nodes, usually CPO/eMSP with the hub requires mutual certificate authentication, also referred to as mTLS.
Thus, each of the two roaming nodes must present itself to the other one with a signed certificate, which is trusted and acceptable by the other side.
The signed certificate also serves for identification purposes.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Terminology of access certificates configuration on Roaming Platform&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Term&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Access Certificate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Access certificate for the third-party roaming platform, by which it gains access to Tridens EV Charge’s roaming protocol specific API. This is a client certificate, which the third-party roaming platform needs to present.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Remote Access Certificate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Access certificate which Tridens EV Charge’s roaming node needs to use when accessing the third-party roaming platform node’s protocol specific API. This is a client certificate, which Tridens EV Charge’s roaming node presents when calling the third-party roaming platform API.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Remote Root Certificate&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Public authority certificate of the third-party roaming platform node, so Tridens EV Charge can trust the certificates signed by this authority.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h3 id="access-setup-and-guidelines">Access Setup and Guidelines&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Let’s say a CPO and roaming hub platform wants to integrate with each other by OICP.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To enable a CPO to communicate with the roaming hub in scope of mutual certificate authentication:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>CPO manager on Tridens EV Charge generates a private/public key pair and certificate signing request (CSR).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CPO manager handles the public key and CSR to the roaming hub provider manager.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming hub provider manager signs the CSR by roaming hub’s trusted certificate authority, resulting in a signed trusted certificate of CPO.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming hub manager handles the signed trusted certificate to the CPO manager.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming hub trusts and identifies the communication with such signed certificate, as it was signed by its trusted certificate authority.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>To enable a roaming hub to communicate with a CPO in scope of mutual certificate authentication:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>Roaming hub manager generates a private/public key pair and CSR.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming hub manager handles the public key and CSR to the CPO manager on Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CPO manager signs the CSR by the CPO’s trusted certificate authority, resulting in a signed trusted certificate of a hub.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CPO manager handles the signed trusted certificate to the roaming hub manager.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CPO trusts and identifies the communication with such signed certificate, as it was signed by its trusted certificate authority.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;h3 id="access-setup-operations">Access Setup Operations&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Tridens EV Charge provides operations over the Roaming Platform, to provide management of mutual certificate verification access.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="access-certificate">Access Certificate&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Operations to manage access certificate for the third-party roaming platform, by which it gains access to Tridens EV Charge’s roaming protocol specific API.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Can be done by either by:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>a) Directly assigning the access certificate and its private key to the roaming platform configuration.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>b) By preparing and signing the certificate signing request (CSR), where resulting certificate is assigned to the roaming platform configuration.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Available Operations:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Assign Access Certificate&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Generate Private Key and Certificate Signing Request (CSR)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Sign CSR and Assign Access Certificate&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h5 id="assign-access-certificate">Assign Access Certificate&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Accepts PEM or plain Base64 encoded binary data of certificate with its correlated private key and assigns it to the roaming platform.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Used to verify/identify an access certificate of the third-party roaming node.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="generate-keys-and-certificate-signing-request-csr">Generate Keys and Certificate Signing Request (CSR)&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Provides a form to issue a certificate. Form accepts required attributes for the certificate signing and generates a private/public key pair.
As a result, Base64 encoded binary data of CSR is returned, along with the Base64 encoded representation of private and public key.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Used to generate a certificate signing request with private/public keys, so the Tridens EV Charge or trusted authority can be requested to sign an access certificate.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="sign-csr-and-assign-access-certificate">Sign CSR and Assign Access Certificate&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Accepts PEM or plain Base64 encoded binary data of CSR and a reference to the existing system’s trust root certificate which signs this certificate. Certificate is assigned to the roaming platform. Base64 encoded certificate content is returned back. Used to sign certificate signing request and obtain an access certificate.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="remote-access-certificate">Remote Access Certificate&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Operations to manage access certificate which Tridens EV Charge’s roaming node needs to use when accessing the third-party roaming platform node’s protocol specific API.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Available Operations:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Generate Keys and Certificate Signing Request (CSR)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Assign Remote Access Certificate&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Assign Remote Trusted Root/Intermediate Certificate&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h5 id="generate-keys-and-certificate-signing-request-csr-1">Generate Keys and Certificate Signing Request (CSR)&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Provides a form to issue a certificate. Form accepts required attributes for the certificate signing and generates a private/public key pair.
As a result, Base64 encoded binary data of CSR is returned, along with the Base64 encoded representation of private and public key.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Used to help you generate a certificate signing request with private/public keys, so the third-party roaming platform’s authority can be requested to sign an access certificate.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="assign-remote-access-certificate">Assign Remote Access Certificate&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Accepts PEM or plain Base64 encoded binary data of certificate with its correlated private key and assigns it to the roaming platform.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Required to use for access to the third-party roaming platform.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="assign-remote-trusted-rootintermediate-certificate">Assign Remote Trusted Root/Intermediate Certificate&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Accepts PEM or plain Base64 encoded binary data of a trusted public root/intermediate authority certificate of the third-party roaming platform node and assigns it to the roaming platform in Tridens EV Charge, so it can trust the certificates signed by this authority.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Required to trust the communication with the third-party roaming platform.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="invalidate">Invalidate&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Invalidates all roaming platform’s existing access credentials. Includes revocation of access certificate, remote access certificate and remote root certificate.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Web Charging Payment</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/business-configuration/web-charging-payment/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/business-configuration/web-charging-payment/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#introduction">Introduction&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configuring-ad-hoc-web-charging-payment-page">Configuring Ad Hoc Web Charging Payment Page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="introduction">Introduction&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>The EV Charging Portal allows your users to charge their electric vehicles (EVs) quickly and easily without the need for registration. It provides a straightforward interface that requires minimal input from the users. Users can simply enter their credit card information and start charging immediately.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, select &lt;i class="fa fa-cogs" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Business configuration&lt;/strong>, and click &lt;strong>Ad hoc Charging&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="configuring-ad-hoc-web-charging-payment-page">Configuring Ad Hoc Web Charging Payment Page&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>The Web Charging Payment Page can be created via accessing the Ad hoc charging page URL where your users can initiate charging, enter payment information and start charging. A user can also monitor charging on the Charging Status page.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="configure-redirect-url">Configure Redirect URL&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>When using web charging pages, configure redirect URL where users will be redirected upon successful checkout.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="configure-legal-information">Configure Legal Information&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Legal Information specifies the Privacy Policy and Terms of Service for the subscription and checkout. Provide URL for this information.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Areas</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/areas/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/areas/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-area-explained">Charging area explained&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-area-example">Charging area example&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#dynamic-load-balancing">Dynamic load balancing&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#load-balancing-example-with-the-static-limit">Load balancing example with the static limit&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#load-balancing-basic-example-with-the-dynamic-limit">Load balancing basic example with the dynamic limit&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#load-balancing-advanced-example-with-the-dynamic-limit">Load balancing advanced example with the dynamic limit&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#list-view">List view&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-area">Create area&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#info">Info&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#location">Location&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#roaming">Roaming&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#areas-hierarchy">Areas hierarchy&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#dynamic-load-balancing-configuration">Dynamic load balancing configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#summary">Summary&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-area-page">Details area page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-area">Update area&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-area">Delete area&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#map-view">Map view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-infrastructure">Charging infrastructure&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-street-view" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Areas&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="charging-area-explained">Charging area explained&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>A charging area is where a &lt;a href="#charging-infrastructure">charging infrastructure&lt;/a> is located; the beginning of the charging infrastructure is the charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A charging area or multiple charging areas can belong to an &lt;a href="../operators">operator&lt;/a>. Also, a charging area can have multiple &lt;a href="../stations">charging stations&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The primary idea/usefulness of creating a charging area is to group chargers linked to the same power source into one charging area. This is because the charging area&amp;rsquo;s main functionality is the ability to do &lt;a href="#dynamic-load-balancing-example">dynamic load balancing&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="charging-area-example">Charging area example&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Suppose you have a building with limited power capability and a few charging stations in the basement.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>You can create one charging area for those charging stations since they are from the same power source. Then, you provide the maximum capability for the power source, and &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> will be able to dynamically allocate the load on the currently active chargers based on the limit on the charging area. This is called &lt;a href="#load-balancing-example-with-the-static-limit">dynamic load balancing with the static limit&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Now, suppose residents live in the building who consume out of the power supply.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>You can have a smart meter that feeds live data into &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> on total building consumption at the moment, which means &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> knows how much power is being pulled by the residents and therefore knows how much power it can give to the active chargers. This is called &lt;a href="#load-balancing-advanced-example-with-the-dynamic-limit">dynamic load balancing with the dynamic limit&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="dynamic-load-balancing">Dynamic load balancing&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Dynamic load balancing is about the distribution of energy flow between all the electric vehicles charging on the charging area&amp;rsquo;s connectors.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Dynamic load balancing is manageable on the area level. It means that we can set different load balancing settings for each area. Areas contain charging stations with chargers and connectors. Tridens EV Charge then dynamically allocates the available energy flow of an area to the active charging sessions on chargers of that area.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Energy supply is dynamically allocated among the active sessions. So if available power supply on that area is 100kW, this power can be distributed among currently active sessions. Redistributions among the sessions happen in time intervals or when new session becomes active, or when the session ends.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Static or dynamic limits can be applied for the area.
Static limits are determined by area’s static limit on the Balancing Profile or by area’s Area Limit Period, meanwhile the dynamic limits are defined by the Asset measured reports or by updating Area Limit Periods by energy forecast or demand-supply systems.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Interoperability&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Area’s dynamic load balancing feature utilizes standardized OCPP defined charging profiles, so as long as CPO’s charger supports the OCPP charging profile operations, then interoperability with this feature of Tridens EV Charge is available.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When Ara&amp;rsquo;s DLB is on, charger is initially instructed to start the session with 0W. This is usually the reason why connector goes to suspended status.
Once the charger actually reports that the session is confirmed to start, Tridens EV Charge central system aligns the DLB limit for the session, for example to 22kW.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="load-balancing-example-with-the-static-limit">Load balancing example with the static limit&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>A charging area has five 50kW chargers and a dedicated power source capable of fully supporting three chargers at maximum power (150kW). Therefore, you set a static limit of 150kW on the charging area because the limit is always known.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="load-balancing-basic-example-with-the-dynamic-limit">Load balancing basic example with the dynamic limit&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>A charging area has five 50kW chargers and a power source capable of 150kW. Also, there are other consumers in the form of an &lt;a href="../assets">asset&lt;/a> consuming out of the power—for example, an apartment.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Therefore, you cannot set the maximum power limit for the chargers to 150kW because other consumers can pull from the power source. Instead, you install a smart meter that tells &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> how much power is drawn from other consumers in real-time—for example, 20kW. Then, &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> can dynamically calculate the maximum power threshold for the chargers, which will be 150kW - 20kW = 130kW.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
With dynamic load balancing by the dynamic limit, the power limit for the charging area can be changed in real-time based on inputs from the smart meter.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="load-balancing-advanced-example-with-the-dynamic-limit">Load balancing advanced example with the dynamic limit&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Area of chargers has the static limit of 60kW total power available. As balancing by asset is enabled, the total power limit of 60kW is overridden by live reports of ‘meter’ type asset, if there is any configured. Let’s say that there are 4 sessions active on the chargers of an area. As meter asset is reporting 40kW available at the moment, 40kW is the total power available for all the charging chargers on area for the sessions. As distribution strategy is set to ‘equal&amp;rsquo;, 40kW will be distributed equally among the four active sessions, meaning that each session gets 10kW of power supply.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once meter asset reports 44kW available, each sessions gets 11kW. Lets say that after an hour, there are 10 active sessions on the chargers of area and meter asset reports only 30kW available. If 30kW would be equally distributed, each session would receive 3kW of power supply, but that is below the minimum supply limit configuration, which is 5kW. At that moment, fallout strategy applies, which is set to ‘round allocation’ and it means that the central system of Tridens EV Charge will calculate and instruct the minimum power supply among as many sessions as possible.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For 30kW available, the earlier started six sessions will receive 5kW, meanwhile the latest four sessions will be halted temporarily. At each redistribution interval, the round allocation switches the sessions, so over time, the redistribution is fairly allocated among all the active sessions. If in the meantime one of the sessions is done, the next applicable session obtains the power supply and if new session starts, it is placed to the last position of the round allocation and will start getting power supply in the upcoming redistributions.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../load-balancing-advanced.png" alt="Load balancing advanced example with the dynamic limit">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Load balancing advanced example with the dynamic limit&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Under &lt;i class="fa fa-street-view" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Areas&lt;/strong>, there are two sections, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#list-view">List view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#map-view">Map view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;h2 id="list-view">List view&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under the list view, a paginated list of all charging areas is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the areas list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-area">Create area&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-area-page">Details area page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-area">Update area&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-area">Delete area&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="create-area">Create area&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">areas&lt;/a>, to create an area, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create new&lt;/strong>. It has four sections, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#info">Info&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#location">Location&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#dynamic-load-balancing">Dynamic load balancing&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#summary">Summary&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;h4 id="info">Info&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Under the info section, provide a name and code.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Additionally, you can provide support contact information for the charging area. It includes a name, phone number, and email address. They are only used for information purposes.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
The support contact information is used to reach out in case something needs to be checked regarding the charging area. For example, if the charging area is a building, the support contact information can be the owner of the building or the janitor.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The charging area can be assigned to an &lt;a href="../operators">operator&lt;/a>. Then, if the operator logs in to their account, they can see the charging area and all the stations and chargers linked to that area.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Furthermore, any number of custom attributes can be added. They store information in key-value pairs and are intended to store additional information for the charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="location">Location&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Under this section, provide a physical address for the charging area. The address is crucial; it is where the chargers linked to the charging area will show up on the map both for you in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> and end users in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>. Hence, configuring this section matters in presenting the chargers to the end users.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Configuring the physical address links to Google Maps; therefore, it populates the longitude and latitude once the address is inputted. However, the populated longitude and latitude values can be updated individually.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h4 id="roaming">Roaming&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>For the area to be applicable and exposed in roaming to the third party providers, populate &lt;strong>roaming id&lt;/strong> attribute as an identifier with unique non-blank value. Please also populate the contact phone number on the Area or on the belonging Operator.
Roaming id attribute is required for roaming, but please note that this identifier may not be used in every roaming protocol, due to different protocol rules.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="areas-hierarchy">Areas hierarchy&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Hierarchy of areas can be used if there is one larger location, e.g., a shopping centre with further sub-locations.
Each sub-location is thus more accurately located on the map and may also have a distinct power source, which can be important aspect in the scope of load balancing.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Example of area “Shopping Centre” which has 3 sub areas:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Area “Hall A”&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Area “Lake Side”&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Area “Amusement Park”&lt;/p>
&lt;p>It is up to the operator to decide on how to represent their charging infrastructure location for the best experience and management.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="dynamic-load-balancing-configuration">Dynamic load balancing configuration&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Under this section, dynamic load balancing can be enabled or disabled.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Once dynamic load balancing is enabled on the charging area, all the distinct static &lt;a href="../charging-profiles">charging profile&lt;/a> settings are unassigned on the &lt;a href="#charging-infrastructure">charging infrastructure&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Although static charging profile configuration remains, it is not applied to the charging infrastructure. This means enabling dynamic load balancing and assigning charging profiles are mutually exclusive in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
If you are doing dynamic load balancing, create one charging area for one power source.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The following input fields are shown once dynamic load balancing is enabled:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#electric-output-limit-type">Electric output limit type&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#electric-output-limit">Electric output limit&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#balancing-by-asset">Balancing by asset&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#limit-periods">Limit periods&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#priority-levels">Priority levels&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#distribution-strategy">Distribution strategy&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#fallout-strategy">Fallout strategy&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#redistribution-interval">Redistribution interval&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#minimum-supply">Minimum supply&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#maximum-supply">Maximum supply&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#custom-attributes">Custom attributes&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h5 id="electric-output-limit-type">Electric output limit type&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The electric output limit type can either be power or current. The difference is the unit in which the rate limit amounts are configured for every consumption of electric vehicles in a charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The electric output limit type determines whether load balancing limits are specified for power (wattage) or current (amperage).&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Power (base unit in Watts) represents the rate of energy transfer.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Current (base unit in Amperes) represents the rate of charged particles flow.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h5 id="electric-output-limit">Electric output limit&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The electric output limit represents the general electric consumption limit for the charging area. If configured, the chargers in the charging area will be limited and will not exceed the configured value for active sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;a href="#electric-output-limit-type">electric output limit type&lt;/a> determines whether the electric output limit is specified in wattage or amperage.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>For example, suppose the electric output limit type is configured as &lt;strong>Power&lt;/strong>, and the value for the electric output limit is 150000W. This means that the value (consumption) for all active charging sessions for that area will not exceed 150kW.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
Since it is recommended that if you are doing dynamic load balancing to create one charging area for one power source, the electric output limit in watts can typify the power source output capability. For more information, see &lt;a href="#dynamic-load-balancing-example">Dynamic load balancing example&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h5 id="balancing-by-asset">Balancing by asset&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Balancing by asset indicates whether measured values of related &lt;a href="../assets">asset&lt;/a> are considered for load balancing on the charging area. Asset’s reported measured value determines the limit of the area for load balancing.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="limit-periods">Limit periods&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The limit periods represent energy flow rate consumption limits of charging electric vehicles in a one-time/scheduled range for that charging area. Limit periods override the energy flow rate output limit of the charging area&amp;rsquo;s balancing profile for the specific time range.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Area Limit Periods can be used by the energy forecast or demand-supply management systems, as they can control the measurements and power supply rules which can be then used by Tridens EV Charge to control the dynamic load management.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="priority-levels">Priority levels&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The priority levels option utilizes the level of the customer&amp;rsquo;s subscribed plans with the energy flow rate consumption limit in scope of dynamic load balancing.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="distribution-strategy">Distribution strategy&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The distribution strategy indicates how electricity consumption is distributed among the charging consumers (active charging sessions).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Configuring the &lt;strong>Distribution strategy&lt;/strong> to &lt;strong>Equal&lt;/strong> means that if load balancing is being done (has to reduce power output on one of the active chargers), it will divide between all active sessions equally.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Alternatively, suppose the &lt;strong>Distribution strategy&lt;/strong> is configured to &lt;strong>First in first charged&lt;/strong>; in that case, it will give maximum power to whoever started charging first and slowly redistribute it when the person finishes charging.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="fallout-strategy">Fallout strategy&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The fallout strategy only applies when an &lt;strong>Equal&lt;/strong> distribution strategy is chosen. This is where you define the method when not all active charging sessions can be supplied with the minimum electric output. The rule determines which sessions continue to charge.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Configuring the &lt;strong>Fallout strategy&lt;/strong> to &lt;strong>First in&lt;/strong> means that the electric output is provided on the sessions which started earlier.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Alternatively, configuring the &lt;strong>Fallout strategy&lt;/strong> to &lt;strong>Round allocation&lt;/strong> means that the electric output is fairly allocated over time to all the active sessions (consumers)&amp;mdash;using the round-robin algorithm.&lt;/p>
&lt;h5 id="redistribution-interval">Redistribution interval&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The redistribution interval in seconds denotes the time range after which the Tridens EV Charge redistributes the charging limits among the active charging sessions of area. Redistribution is automatically handled when the asset limit is updated.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Minimum redistribution interval is 60 seconds.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h5 id="minimum-supply">Minimum supply&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The minimum supply denotes the minimum power/current to provide for the consumer who is charging&amp;mdash;it relates to the &lt;a href="#electric-output-limit-type">electric output limit type&lt;/a> of the balancing profile.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;a href="#fallout-strategy">fallout strategy&lt;/a> applies if the condition is not fulfilled.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h5 id="maximum-supply">Maximum supply&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>The maximum supply denotes the maximum power/current to provide for the consumer who is charging&amp;mdash;it relates to the &lt;a href="#electric-output-limit-type">electric output limit type&lt;/a> of the balancing profile.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For example, if you set the value to 10000 per charger, even if a particular charger has a 50kW capacity, the charging area limit will not let it go above 10kW.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The limit on the area is effective for ALL active sessions in that area simultaneously.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h5 id="custom-attributes">Custom attributes&lt;/h5>
&lt;p>Any number of custom attributes can be added. They store information in key-value pairs and are intended to store any additional information.&lt;/p>
&lt;h4 id="summary">Summary&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>This section presents the information filled out in the previous three sections and can be reviewed before the charging area is created.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
Once the charging area is created, it will initially be empty because no chargers or assets have been linked.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="details-area-page">Details area page&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">areas&lt;/a>, to see the full details of a charging area, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Location&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Geographic coordinate system&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Support contact name, phone, and email (if any)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Dynamic load balancing configurations (if enabled)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Any added custom attribute&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="update-area">Update area&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">areas&lt;/a>, to update a charging area, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the area. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-area">create area&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-warning" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Warning:&lt;/h4>
&lt;em>Want to switch Operator of Area? This change may impact the history of charging Sessions and may corrupt data about your charging infrastructure, if exposed in roaming. If you are exposing your charging infrastructure in roaming, we advise you to discard (close) an existing Area structure and open a new one.&lt;/em>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-area">Delete area&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">areas&lt;/a>, to delete a charging area, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Deleting a charging area already used in other parts of &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> cannot be done. Every particular reference to the charging area first has to be deleted.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="map-view">Map view&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under the map view, all charging areas are shown on a map. By selecting a specific &lt;i class="fa fa-map-marker-alt" aria-hidden="true" style="color: skyblue; font-size: 24px">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Area&lt;/strong> on the map, it shows the driving distance away from the charging area. In addition, it shows the name and location of the charging area, including the chargers and assets linked to the charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
If a charging session is in progress, the power the charger&amp;rsquo;s connector is putting out will be shown.
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h2 id="charging-infrastructure">Charging infrastructure&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>The charging infrastructure (hierarchy) in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> constitutes the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Operator&lt;span style="font-weight:bold">*&lt;/span> &lt;i class="fa fa-arrow-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> Area &lt;i class="fa fa-arrow-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> Charging station &lt;i class="fa fa-arrow-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> Charger &lt;i class="fa fa-arrow-right" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> Connector.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>(&lt;span style="font-weight:bold">*&lt;/span>) means it is optional.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Local Authorization Management</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/local-authorization-management/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/local-authorization-management/</guid><description>
&lt;p>Local authorization feature provides that the charger can authorize customers/drivers without using the central system, while being offline.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The central system of Tridens EV Charge instructs the charger about the list of authorization identifiers which can be used locally by the charger to authorize the drivers for charging. Each list has a version for the operational reference. Operation can be used as full override (overrides all identifiers) or differential (add/update the specific identifiers). The system can also request a charger for the version number of the local authorization list. This way an operator/provider can find out which authorization list is currently being set up on the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To manage the charging station’s local authorization list, the following operations are available from the perspective of the central system of Tridens EV Charge:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Send local authorization list (full update).&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Send local authorization list (differential - partial update).&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Get local authorization list version.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Handling the charging station&amp;rsquo;s configuration settings for local authorization.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Local authorization and authorization cache are separate features and cache does not impact the local authorization list.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Payment Terminal Integrations</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/pos-terminal/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/pos-terminal/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#introduction">Introduction&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configuration">Configuration&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configure-payment-terminal-provider">Configure Payment Terminal Provider&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-infrastructure-setup">Charging Infrastructure Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#roaming-tariffs">Roaming Tariffs&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-session-control">Charging Session Control&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="introduction">Introduction&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>This document describes the setup requirements for the payment terminal (POS) integration by &lt;strong>OCPI or OICP communication protocols&lt;/strong> on Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Integration involves &lt;strong>Payment Terminal Providers (PTP)&lt;/strong> communicating with the charging infrastructure of charge point operators (CPO).&lt;br>
In this document, the term &lt;em>payment terminal provider&lt;/em> is used as a technical term and is considered a synonym for the less technical term &lt;em>POS provider&lt;/em>.
The Payment Terminal Provider acts as a gateway to the charging infrastructure via OCPI or OICP protocols for charging session control and related data transfer.
OCPI protocol offers official payment terminals support. For OICP, a hybrid concept can be utilized.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Notes:&lt;/h4>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Payment terminal providers can be added to Tridens EV Charge environment.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Payment terminal provider’s charging sessions are stored in Tridens EV Charge as part of an &lt;strong>away charging infrastructure network&lt;/strong>, without a known customer/driver reference.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>When the &lt;strong>payment terminal provider charging session&lt;/strong> is utilized on a related CPO’s charging infrastructure that is part of Tridens EV Charge, such sessions appear as part of the &lt;strong>home charging infrastructure network&lt;/strong> for that CPO.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Sessions are part of reporting in Tridens EV Charge for CPOs.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../payment-terminal-integration-by-ocpi.png" alt="OCPI communication topology for payment terminal providers.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>OCPI communication topology for payment terminal providers.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="configuration">Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Payment terminal providers can be configured in Tridens EV Charge tenant environments for CPOs. The following instructions focus on the OCPI protocol, as it officially defines payment terminal setup and communication (standardized since OCPI 2.2.1).&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="configure-payment-terminal-provider">Configure Payment Terminal Provider&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>To configure the environment for a roaming Payment Terminal Provider (PTP):&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Navigate to Roaming&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Go to the &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> section on the left-side menu of the Tridens EV Charge dashboard.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming Profile in this case represents environment as the operator of the charging infrastructure (chargers) in the roaming network.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming Platform here represents the third-party payment terminal provider.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Submit configuration.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Create Roaming Profile (CPO)&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>On the &lt;strong>Roaming Profiles&lt;/strong> tab, create a new profile or use an existing one.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Name &amp;amp; Code&lt;/strong>: Assign a name and code to identify the roaming profile.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Type&lt;/strong>: Select &lt;strong>CPO&lt;/strong> (charge point operator).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Protocol&lt;/strong>: Select &lt;strong>OCPI&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Roaming ID&lt;/strong>: Three-uppercase-letter identifier that will represent CPO in roaming.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Submit configuration.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Create Roaming Platform (PTP)&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Create a new &lt;strong>Roaming Platform&lt;/strong>:&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Name &amp;amp; Code&lt;/strong>: Assign values to identify the platform.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Type&lt;/strong>: Select &lt;strong>Payment Terminal Provider (PTP)&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>URL&lt;/strong>: Enter the payment terminal provider&amp;rsquo;s back-office server URL (e.g., &lt;code>https://your-pos-provider.com/api/ocpi&lt;/code>).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Country&lt;/strong>: Select the origin country of the payment terminal provider.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Connection Initiation&lt;/strong>: Select which side will initiate the OCPI connection using the registration token.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Credentials Exchange (Token)&lt;/strong>:
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>If &lt;strong>PTP provides the token&lt;/strong>: Select &amp;ldquo;I will use token provided by my roaming partner&amp;rdquo; and enter the token in the field.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>If &lt;strong>CPO provides the token&lt;/strong>: Select &amp;ldquo;I will provide token to my roaming partner&amp;rdquo; and click &lt;strong>Generate&lt;/strong>. Share the generated token and your connection URL with the payment terminal provider.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Registration&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Communication must be initiated via registration.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Register credentials&lt;/strong>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>If you used the partner&amp;rsquo;s token, click &amp;ldquo;Register credentials&amp;rdquo; on the selected Roaming Platform.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>If you provided the token, the payment terminal provider must initiate the registration.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Update Credentials&lt;/strong>: Use &amp;ldquo;Update credentials&amp;rdquo; to renegotiate credentials if needed.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Invalidate Credentials&lt;/strong>: Use &amp;ldquo;Invalidate credentials&amp;rdquo; to stop communication/integration.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../sequence-ocpi.png" alt="OCPI sequence of operations.">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>OCPI communication sequence.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="charging-infrastructure-setup">Charging Infrastructure Setup&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Once the CPO and PTP are communicating, the payment terminal provider can fetch the CPO&amp;rsquo;s charging infrastructure (Locations, EVSEs, Connectors). The CPO must populate specific roaming attributes to expose the infrastructure:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Area&lt;/strong>: Populate the &lt;code>roaming id&lt;/code> with a unique identifier and the &lt;code>phone number&lt;/code>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Charger&lt;/strong>: Populate the &lt;code>roaming id&lt;/code> with a unique identifier and mark the &lt;code>roaming&lt;/code> attribute as &lt;strong>enabled&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Connector&lt;/strong>: Populate the &lt;code>roaming id&lt;/code> with a unique identifier.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Locations and charging infrastructure are reported to the payment terminal provider (push mode) and can also be fetched (pull mode).&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="roaming-tariffs">Roaming Tariffs&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>As the charge point operator, you might want to assign roaming tariffs to represent prices for sessions initiated by payment terminal providers (PTP).
Set up the &lt;a href="../../roaming/roaming_tariffs.md">Roaming Tariff&lt;/a> for ad-hoc payments with the desired prices for energy and time, including taxes.
Tariff also contains the max. amount for payment authorization of the charging session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Important Notes:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Roaming tariffs calculate the expenses the payment terminal provider must pay to the charge point operator.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>These prices are not necessarily what the end customer (EV driver) pays.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Configuration Guidelines:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Create Roaming Tariff&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Navigate to &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> -&amp;gt; &lt;strong>Roaming Tariffs&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Add a new tariff with a &lt;strong>Name&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Set &lt;strong>Status&lt;/strong> to &lt;em>Active&lt;/em> and define the validity time range.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Submit to create the tariff definition.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Add Tariff Details&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Inside the tariff, add &lt;strong>Tariff Details&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Recurrency&lt;/strong>: Select &lt;em>One-time&lt;/em> or &lt;em>Daily&lt;/em> recurring.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Priority&lt;/strong>: Higher priority details override lower ones if time frames overlap.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Time Frame&lt;/strong>: Determine the &lt;strong>inclusive start date-time&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>exclusive stop date-time&lt;/strong>. Select on which days the Tariff Detail applies.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Pricing&lt;/strong>: Set the price and VAT percentage for rating metrics (energy, charge time, park time, flat, reservation time, etc.). Empty fields are treated as zero.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Submit the configuration.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Assign Tariff to Roaming Platform (PTP)&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Navigate back to &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> -&amp;gt; &lt;a href="../../roaming/roaming_platform.md">&lt;strong>Roaming Platforms&lt;/strong>&lt;/a>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Edit the specific Roaming Platform for the payment terminal provider configured earlier.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>In the setup wizard (usually Step 1), assign the &lt;strong>&lt;a href="../../roaming/roaming_tariffs.md">Roaming Tariff&lt;/a>&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Submit the configuration.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Assign Tariff to Charging Infrastructure&lt;/strong>:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Navigate to any charging infrastructure level having the &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Settings&lt;/a> (also referred to as &lt;strong>Session Rating Profile&lt;/strong>), which is assigned to the charging infrastructure on different levels.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Assign the &lt;strong>Roaming Tariff&lt;/strong> for the desired scope level:
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Site&lt;/strong>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Operator&lt;/strong>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Charger&lt;/strong>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Submit the configuration.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>Once configured, &lt;strong>new charging sessions&lt;/strong> related to this payment terminal provider will have costs calculated based on these settings. Tariffs are reported to the payment terminal provider (push mode) and can also be fetched (pull mode).&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="charging-session-control">Charging Session Control&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Operations by which the payment terminal provider can request the charge point operator of Tridens EV Charge to manage the charging session:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Remote session start&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Remote session stop&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Resulting and intermediate charging session actions are forwarded back to the payment terminal provider by API:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Session start&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Session update&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Session end&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Charging infrastructure status changes&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Final consumption report&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Session progress is reported to the payment terminal provider (push mode) and can also be fetched (pull mode).&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Roaming Tariffs</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/roaming-tariffs/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/roaming-tariffs/</guid><description>
&lt;p>General information about tariffs in EV charging roaming:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Roaming tariffs are owned and defined by the charging infrastructure operators (CPO).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming tariffs define charging expenses for the usage of the charging infrsatructure (energy, duration, parking, reservation, flat fee).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CPO in roaming does not know the end customer (EV driver), as the customer is the subject of mobility service provider (MSP). Thus, Monetization is not utilized to charge these kinds of end customers.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CPO side calculates the expenses for each session and provides charge detail record (CDR) to the mobility service provider (MSP).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Mobility service providers (MSP) who have the end customers/drivers base, cannot change the CPO&amp;rsquo;s roaming tariffs. CPO provides the tariffs as informative and as the base for the charge details record breakdown.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Tariffs are matched by validity (date and time). Recurrency modes are available in daily, weekly, one-time.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming tariffs apply for a charging infrastructure where they are being used (referenced).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Roaming tariff applies for the third-party end customers for a roaming platform where the reference is assigned.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Third-party roaming providers can use push and pull models to obtain tariffs. When roaming tariff is being managed, integrated roaming third-party platforms are also being notified about the updates.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>While home network roaming sessions are handled on Tridens EV Charge, expenses are calculated based on valid tariffs. Handling mid-session and at session completion.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#roaming-tariffs">Define Roaming Tariffs&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assign-roaming-tariffs-to-charging-infrastructure">Assign Roaming Tariffs to Charging Infrastructure&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assign-roaming-tariffs-to-roaming-platform">Assign Roaming Tariffs to Roaming Platform&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-globe-americas" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> and then &lt;strong>Roaming Tariff&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="roaming-tariff">Roaming Tariff&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Roaming tariff defines the pricing that applies for charging infrastructure�s roaming usage and contains tariff details which define prices for metric types (energy, charge time, park time, reservation, flat), recurrency policy and constraints.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To add or manage Roaming Tariffs, navigate to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> and while in the &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> and select the &lt;strong>Roaming Tariffs&lt;/strong> tab.
By using the button to add the tariff, wizard form shows up.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Assign name, alphanumeric code, status and validity restrictions for the whole Roaming Tariff structure.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Add roaming tariff details with the date-time recurrence policy and assign the desired monetary prices for metric types of energy, charging time, parking time, reservation time, reservation flat or just a flat fee. Monetary prices are determined without VAT, meanwhile VAT needs to be entered in a separate field. Unpopulated value means &lt;strong>0 (zero)&lt;/strong> expense for such metric type.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Roaming Tariff:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Defines validity restrictions for the whole tariff.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Validity frames should not overlap.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Provides transitions among the tariffs. E.g., one tariff stops on 2025-01-01 at 02:59:59 and the next one starts at 2025-01-01 03:00:00. Tariff element&amp;rsquo;s start/stop date and time attributes are optional. If no date-time restrictions are set, elements last indefinitely.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Accumulates the tariff details.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Roaming Tariff Detail:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Defines the schedules (recurring, one-time) and the cost at the moment when the schedule applies.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Defines prices and VAT for kWh energy, reservation time, charging time, parking time, flat fee and flat reservation fee.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Empty price means zero cost for the schedule.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="./roaming-tariff-detail-page.png" alt="Roaming Tariff Detail Configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Roaming Tariff Detail Configuration&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Troubleshoot:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Tariffs not exposed in roaming integration or sessions have no monetary impact?&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Please ensure the following is well set:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Roaming tariff is assigned on a proper context level: &lt;strong>Charger/Operator/Site.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Roaming tariff is assigned on an integrated Roaming Platform.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="assign-roaming-tariff-to-charging-infrastructure">Assign Roaming Tariff to Charging Infrastructure&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Once Roaming Tariffs are configured, assign them on the charging infrastructure context, so the tariffs will apply in calculating the roaming expenses on the belonging chargers.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Tariffs can be set on Session settings of Site/Operator/Charger, where the lowest assigned level applies. The lowest level is Charger, so if Roaming Tariff is specified there, it overrides any tariff configurations on higher levels of Operator and Site.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To assign Roaming Tariff to the charging context, navigate to Site, Operator or Charger view and enter the wizard form. While managing the Session settings, there is a Roaming Tariffs selection where the desired tariffs can be picked to apply for the belonging charging sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="assigning-roaming-tariffs-to-roaming-platform">Assigning Roaming Tariffs to Roaming Platform&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Once Roaming Tariffs are configured, assign them on the Roaming Platform context, so the tariffs will apply in calculating the roaming expenses for the events related to such roaming integration.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To assign Roaming Tariff to Roaming Platform, navigate to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> and while in the &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> and select the &lt;strong>Roaming Profiles&lt;/strong> tab. Select the desired Roaming Profile to see the &lt;strong>Roaming Platforms&lt;/strong>. Select the platform and hit the &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong> button, so the wizard shows up. In the first step of wizard, find the &lt;strong>Roaming Tariffs&lt;/strong> selection and pick the tariffs that are meant to apply for the sessions related to the specific roaming platform integration.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Assets</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/assets/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/assets/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assets-overview">Assets overview&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assets-explained">Assets explained&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assets-example">Assets example&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#list-view">List view&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-asset">Create asset&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-asset-page">Details asset page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-asset">Update asset&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-asset">Delete asset&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#map-view">Map view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-layer-group" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Assets&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="assets-overview">Assets overview&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Assets relate directly to &lt;a href="../areas#dynamic-load-balancing-example">dynamic load balancing&lt;/a>. Each charging area, next to its chargers, can also have assets.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Charging areas would work even if no assets are linked to the area. However, assets are helpful when dealing with solar panels or smart meters.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>An asset can be a consumer or producer of power. It can also be a smart meter delivering data into &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> for &lt;a href="../areas#truly-dynamic-load-balancing-example">truly dynamic load balancing&lt;/a> to be achieved instead of &lt;a href="../areas#static-dynamic-load-balancing-example">static dynamic load balancing&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="assets-explained">Assets explained&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under assets, additional consumers or producers of energy can be added to a &lt;a href="../areas">charging area&lt;/a>&amp;mdash;this is useful if you want to keep track of them.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For instance, a consumer of energy can be an apartment, while a producer of energy can be a solar panel.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Suppose you have a smart meter capable of sending data on the energy production from the solar panel; in that case, it can be added under assets as a smart meter and, therefore, can see how much power it produces.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="assets-example">Assets example&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>A producer can be a solar panel installed outside or on a hotel&amp;rsquo;s roof&amp;mdash;here, the hotel represents a charging area. Then, if you tell &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> how much power that solar panel produces at a specific time, similar to a smart meter, &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> can consider that when it comes to dynamic load balancing.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Therefore, &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> knows how much power the solar panel produces. Suppose it also knows how much the hotel consumes through a smart meter. Then, &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> can perform dynamic load balancing in the charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>You can also have a battery; then, through the API, you can tell &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> when the battery is turned on. This battery will become an active producer, and &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> can pull out its power.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A consumer will be something else that you have plugged into the same network that is consuming power, and you can tell &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> precisely how much it consumes.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Under &lt;i class="fa fa-layer-group" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Assets&lt;/strong>, there are two sections, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#list-view">List view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#map-view">Map view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;h2 id="list-view">List view&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under the list view, a paginated list of all assets is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the assets list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-asset">Create asset&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-asset-page">Details asset page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-asset">Update asset&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-asset">Delete asset&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="create-asset">Create asset&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">assets&lt;/a>, to create an asset, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create new&lt;/strong>. Provide a name, code, and description.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Choose the type of asset, whether a smart meter, a producer, a consumer, or any other kind.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Additionally, choose the type of supplied electric current of the asset, whether DC, AC single phase, or AC three phase. It represents the asset&amp;rsquo;s electricity flow setup.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Selecting a particular area denotes the &lt;a href="../areas">charging area&lt;/a> the asset belongs to. The list gets filtered as you type when searching for a charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Once the charging area is selected, the asset becomes part of the area and can then be shown on the map based on the location of the charging area.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The power factor represents the relationship between current and voltage; the value has to be between 0 - 1, while 1 is the default.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The custom attribute is a key-value pair representing any additional information that can be stored for the asset.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="details-asset-page">Details asset page&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">assets&lt;/a>, to see the full details of an asset, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Description&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Type&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Electric current type&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Electric voltage type&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Power factor&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Any added custom attribute*&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="update-asset">Update asset&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">assets&lt;/a>, to update an asset, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the asset. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-asset">create asset&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Area&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-asset">Delete asset&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">assets&lt;/a>, to delete an asset, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="map-view">Map view&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under the map view, all assets are shown on a map. The location of the asset is based on the charging area&amp;rsquo;s location. By selecting a specific &lt;i class="fa fa-map-marker-alt" aria-hidden="true" style="color: tomato; font-size: 24px">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Asset&lt;/strong> on the map, it shows the driving distance away from the asset. In addition, it shows the name, location, and type of the asset, including the power the asset is generating or consuming.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Authorization Cache</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/authorization-cache/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/operations/authorization-cache/</guid><description>
&lt;p>Operators/providers may utilize the charger&amp;rsquo;s ability for the authorization cache. Authorization cache autonomously maintains a record of previously presented identifiers (RFID, NFC, certificate, &amp;hellip;) that have been successfully authorized by the central system of Tridens EV Charge. This charger’s feature is controllable from the Tridens central system side by using the configuration keys, as described in &lt;strong>Stations - Live Configuration Parameters&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>This feature needs to be used carefully and might only be proper in the following cases:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>For the businesses, where the charging service is available only for post-paid customers, as sessions regulated by the local authorization cache are not authorizing any customer/driver resources, to verify whether customer has enough funds. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Charging station is located in area with non-stable network connection. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Authorization cache impacts:  &lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Cache entries may contain expiry dates, which are considered at validation. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>If authorization happens and an invalid identifier is present in the cache while the charger is online, the charger uses the central system to authorize. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Authorization cache has no impact on the local authorization list! These two features are separated and local authorization lists are fully controllable from the central system. Also, identifiers from local authorization list should not be added to the authorization cache. If both are used, the local authorization list has priority over the authorization cache for the same identifiers. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Local authorization and authorization cache are separate features and cache does not impact the local authorization list.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Charging Identification Device Setup</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/charging-identification-device-setup/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/charging-identification-device-setup/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#device-type-setup">Device Type Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#device-setup">Device Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assign-device-to-the-customer">Assign Device to the Customer&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#resign-customers-device">Resign Customer’s Device&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>These are instructions to set up charging identification devices, e.g., RFID, NFC or certificate and assign them to the customers (drivers).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When the driver presents an identification device to the charger, for example by an RFID swipe, the charger requests the central system to identify and verify whether the driver is eligible to start the charging session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Consists of multiple steps:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Device Type Setup&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Device Setup&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Assign Device to the Customer&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Resign Customer’s Device&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="device-type-setup">Device Type Setup&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Set up the device types, which are intended to be supported. E.g., RFID, NFC, VIN, MAC.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Set up the device type first. To access this section in &lt;strong>Monetization&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-mobile" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Devices&lt;/strong>. Open &lt;strong>Device Type&lt;/strong> section tab on top. Use the green &lt;strong>Create new&lt;/strong> button on the top right corner, so the creation form shows up.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Determine device type name as you desire and assign the code by one of the predefined code tags, which depend on the identification technology to be used, e.g., “RFID”. See the table of predefined device type code tags. You may also use the description box, to append additional helpful information and submit the creation form.&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Code Tag&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>RFID&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Radio-frequency identification. Represents a badge or card of the driver.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>NFC&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Near field communication. Represents mobile or badge device of the driver.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>VIN&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Vehicle identification number. Represents a vehicle.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>MAC&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Media access control address, as unique device identifier in the network. &lt;br> May represents a vehicle or other device&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>ISO15118&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Plug &amp;amp; charge of ISO 15118 for vehicle/driver identification. &lt;br> Represents a charging service contract of the vehicle and driver.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>&amp;hellip;&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;em>You can define your custom type as well.&lt;/em>&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Device type’s predefined code tags, representing an identification technology.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="device-setup">Device Setup&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Set up an instance of device. On the left side navigation, open the &lt;i class="fa fa-mobile" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Devices&lt;/strong> section. Move the the &lt;strong>Device&lt;/strong> section tab on top. Use the green &lt;strong>Create new&lt;/strong> button on the top right corner, so the creation form shows up.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Assign name and code, as best suits you, select the belonging device type, for example an RFID.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Populate the &lt;strong>Identifier&lt;/strong> field by the unique identification value, which is transferred from the charger to the central system, to be verified later when for example swiping an RFID. Submit the form.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="assign-device-to-the-customer">Assign Device to the Customer&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Once an identification device instance is set up, it is ready to be assigned to an existing customer (driver) with subscription plan.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>Monetization&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-users" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Customers&lt;/strong> and find the customer for which you would like to assign a device. Open up the customer details by &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Info&lt;/strong> button on the right side, under actions column. Then move to the &lt;strong>Subscriptions&lt;/strong> section and expand the subscription which is desired to have an identification device assigned.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Move down to the &lt;strong>Services&lt;/strong> section and find the one which is named &lt;code>CHARGING_SERVICE&lt;/code> (also &lt;code>QUANTITY_CHARGING_SERVICE&lt;/code> or similar - depends on the catalogue configuration) entry and hit &lt;strong>Edit&lt;/strong> action. Edit the service’s &lt;strong>Device&lt;/strong> column and search for the previously set up identification device, assign it and hit &lt;strong>Submit&lt;/strong> action to update the service.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../find-a-customer.png" alt="Find a customer">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Find a customer&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../customer-subscriptions.png" alt="Customer Subscription">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Expand customer’s subscription and find the suitable service&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../device-service.png" alt="Device Service">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Assign device to service&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once identification device is assigned to the customer, swiping it (e.g., an RFID card) on the charger will result in charger requesting the central system to verify the device. This is called authorization, by which central system identifies the customer driver and verifies her/his monetary eligibility to start charging.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once authorization is accepted, the charger is expected to allow the charging process to start.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Make sure that the customer to which an identification device is assigned has a valid subscription plan with a service, so the customer can be verified if eligible to charge.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>If customer is pay-now, make sure credit card is assigned as well.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>One device can be assigned to one customer at a time.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="resign-customers-device">Resign Customer’s Device&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>When there is intention to remove an identification device from the customer, it can be done by navigating to the customer’s details view, as stated in section &lt;a href="#assign-device-to-the-customer">Assign Device to the Customer&lt;/a>. Edit an existing service on hitting the cross button on the device, which is desired to be removed. Hit &lt;strong>Submit&lt;/strong> action to update the service.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../resign-customer-device.png" alt="Resign Customer Device">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Resign customer&amp;rsquo;s service&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Terminals</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/terminals/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/roaming/terminals/</guid><description>
&lt;p>A &lt;strong>Terminal&lt;/strong> represents a &lt;strong>physical unit&lt;/strong> (for example, a payment terminal) that can be assigned to the &lt;strong>charging infrastructure&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In the context of &lt;strong>Tridens EV Charge&lt;/strong>, terminals enable seamless interaction between the charging environment and payment systems, ensuring secure transactions and operational efficiency.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#terminals">Terminals&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#payment-terminals-integration">Payment Terminals Integration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#view-terminals">View Terminals&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assign-terminal-to-charging-infrastructure">Assign Terminal to Charging Infrastructure&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#unassign-terminal-from-the-charging-infrastructure">Unassign Terminal from Charging Infrastructure&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h2 id="terminals">Terminals&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>A &lt;strong>Terminal&lt;/strong> consists of the following attributes:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Identification (id, code)&lt;/strong>: Unique identifiers used to distinguish the terminal.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Naming (name, description)&lt;/strong>: Human-readable name and additional descriptive information.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Type (payment)&lt;/strong>: Defines the terminal type, such as a payment terminal.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Address (address, city, zip, state, country)&lt;/strong>: Specifies the official physical location of the terminal.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Geolocation (latitude, longitude)&lt;/strong>: Indicates the terminal’s exact geographical coordinates.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Roaming (platform, roaming id, roaming reference)&lt;/strong>: Indicates whether the terminal belongs to a third-party roaming platform (Payment Terminal Provider — PTP) and provides its roaming identification details.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Operator&lt;/strong>: Optional site operator associated with the terminal. When present, the terminal configuration applies to the operator context; otherwise, it applies to the general site environment.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h2 id="payment-terminals-integration">Payment Terminals Integration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Terminals can be stored through roaming integrations with &lt;strong>Payment Terminal Providers (PTPs)&lt;/strong>, where the integrating party is the &lt;strong>Charge Point Operator (CPO)&lt;/strong> managing the charging infrastructure in &lt;strong>Tridens EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To set up the roaming integration, see &lt;a href="../roaming/roaming_platform.md">Roaming - Roaming Platforms&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Tridens EV Charge automatically &lt;strong>persists payment terminals&lt;/strong> received from an integrated PTP roaming platform either:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>on &lt;strong>pull demand&lt;/strong>, or&lt;/li>
&lt;li>through automatic &lt;strong>push updates&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Once integrated, the charge point operator can &lt;strong>assign payment terminals&lt;/strong> to &lt;strong>Areas&lt;/strong> or &lt;strong>Connectors&lt;/strong>, ensuring accurate terminal association within the charging network.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h2 id="view-terminals">View Terminals&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Operators can &lt;strong>view all integrated terminals&lt;/strong> through a &lt;strong>filterable table view&lt;/strong>, allowing quick access to terminal details and management actions.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h2 id="assign-terminal-to-charging-infrastructure">Assign Terminal to Charging Infrastructure&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>A charging infrastructure operator can &lt;strong>connect a terminal&lt;/strong> by assigning it to a specific &lt;strong>Area&lt;/strong> or &lt;strong>Connector&lt;/strong>.&lt;br>
When roaming integration with &lt;strong>Payment Terminal Provider&lt;/strong> is active, the assigned terminal will &lt;strong>reflect as assigned&lt;/strong> on the charging infrastructure in roaming to ensure data consistency across platforms.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h2 id="unassign-terminal-from-the-charging-infrastructure">Unassign Terminal from the Charging Infrastructure&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>A charging infrastructure operator can &lt;strong>disconnect a terminal&lt;/strong> by unassigning it from an &lt;strong>Area&lt;/strong> or &lt;strong>Connector&lt;/strong>.&lt;br>
When roaming integration with &lt;strong>Payment Terminal Provider&lt;/strong> is enabled, such Terminal will &lt;strong>reflect as unassigned&lt;/strong> from the charging infrastructure in roaming to ensure data consistency across platforms.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: FTP Server Setup</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/ftp-server-setup/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/ftp-server-setup/</guid><description>
&lt;p>Download and install an SFTP/FTP software, for example, FileZilla .
Run it as a server on your platform/computer, and provide the URL to EV Charge dialog to request the charger to use the FTP to upload/download files.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Here is the step-by-step tutorial for the FileZilla software.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>1. Download the FileZilla&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Download the FileZilla server installer uitable for your MacOS/Windows/Linux platform from FileZilla - The free FTP solution.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>2. FileZilla Setup&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>a. Run the installer.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>b. Check the licence agreement.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>c. Among the components, select at least &lt;em>Server&lt;/em> and &lt;em>Administration Interface&lt;/em>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../admin-interface.png" alt="Administration Interface">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Administration Interface&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>d. Choose the installation directory. Default value can be used.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>e. Choose how FileZilla&amp;rsquo;s server is started. Manually (advised for usage on demand) or automatically at system start.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>f. Assign adminstration interface&amp;rsquo;s listenting communication port. Default value can be used.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>g. Protect your administration interface with the password and choose how administration interface is initiated (manually advised).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>3. FTP setup&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>a. Once you open up the FileZilla Server, you can connect into it by using administration interface. Use host (&lt;code>localhost&lt;/code> or &lt;code>127.0.0.1&lt;/code>), port (as configured in FileZilla setup step) and password (as configured in FileZilla setup step)&lt;/p>
&lt;p>b. Assign a directory on your platform&amp;rsquo;s file system which will be shared. Use an existing directory or create a new directory on your desired path, e.g., &lt;code>C:\shared-directory&lt;/code>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>c. FTP Users Setup&lt;/p>
&lt;p>i. Open up the FileZilla configuration of user rights management (navigate by &lt;em>Server -&amp;gt; Configure -&amp;gt; Rights Management -&amp;gt; Users&lt;/em>).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../users.png" alt="Users setup">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Users setup&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>ii. Hit &lt;em>Add User&lt;/em> and perform the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>Assign the user&amp;rsquo;s name (e.g., &amp;lsquo;mikejones&amp;rsquo;).&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../users-2.png" alt="Users setup-2">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Assigning the user&amp;rsquo;s name&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;ol start="2">
&lt;li>Determine the password if selecting &lt;em>Require the password to log in&lt;/em>.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../password-login.png" alt="Password Login">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Password Login&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;ol start="3">
&lt;li>Add a mount point. Assign the native path &lt;code>C:\shared-directory&lt;/code>, meanwhile virtual path represents what FTP users can see.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../settings-server.png" alt="Settings server">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 5:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Mount point settings&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;ol start="4">
&lt;li>Assign access rights on the right side, whether users are allowed to read or read/write.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>d. FTP Port Setup&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To set up the FTP port, follow the steps below:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>i. Open up the network configuration wizard (navigate by &lt;em>Server → Network Configuration Wizard&lt;/em>).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../network-wizard.png" alt="Configuration Wizard">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 6:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Network Configuration Wizard&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>ii. Assign the port range, e.g. 30050-30055.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>iii. Assign public IP address or hostname. This is the address by which your FTP will be accessed. Assing your device&amp;rsquo;s public IP by which your device will be accessible. Alternativelly you can use the domain, if available.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>iv. Make sure your platform&amp;rsquo;s firewall has inbound/outbound TCP ports open for the communication on 30050-30055.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../protocols-ports.png" alt="Ports and Protocols">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 7:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Ports and Protocols&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The contents of configured directory &lt;code>C:\shared-directory&lt;/code> are now accessble to the FTP user, which can connect to FTP server by using the platform/computer’s IP, for example &lt;code>ftp://miikejones:testpassword@192.168.5.1:30050&lt;/code>.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Stations</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/stations/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/stations/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-station-overview">Charging station overview&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-infrastructure-status">Charging Infrastructure Status&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#list-view">List view&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-station">Create station&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-station-page">Details station page&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#connecting-to-ev-charge">Connecting to EV Charge&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#disconnecting-from-ev-charge">Disconnecting from EV Charge&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#disconnecting-from-ev-charge">Disconnecting from EV Charge&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configuration">Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-station">Update station&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-station">Delete station&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charger">Charger&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-charger">Create charger&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-connector">Create connector&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-charger">Update charger&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-charger">Delete charger&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#map-view">Map view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#connectivity-configuration">Connectivity Configuration&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#communication-protocol">Communication Protocol&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#connection-identifier">Connection Identifier&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#connection-policy">Connection Policy&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#connection-example">Connection Example&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#chargers-session-settings">Charger’s session settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#boot-configuration">Boot Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#live-configuration-parameters">Live Configuration Parameters&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#authorization">Authorization&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#view-logs">View Logs&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#logged-notifications">Logged Notifications&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#logged-ocpp-communication">Logged OCPP Communication&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#local-authorization-management">Local Authorization Management&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#authorization-cache">Authorization Cache&lt;/a>
To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-car" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="charging-station-overview">Charging station overview&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;i class="fa fa-car" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>, three major components can be created and managed:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>Charging station&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Charger&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Connector&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>The charging station represents the networking component that can be connected to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, while the charger represents the hardware component of the &lt;a href="../areas#charging-infrastructure">charging infrastructure&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="charging-infrastructure-status">Charging Infrastructure Status&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Charging station has a status that represents the operational availability of its charging components (chargers and connectors). This is displayed based on the reports from the charging infrastructure.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The broad operational statuses are as follows:&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Operational Status&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Operative&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging component is operating.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Inoperative&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging component not operating.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Closed&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging component has been discarded and is not in use anymore.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>They can be further specified based on the individual state of each charging infrastructure component.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Here&amp;rsquo;s a detailed overview of each specific status:&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Status&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Available&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging infrastructure is available to a new driver. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Operative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Preparing / Occupied&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that charging infrastructure is no longer available for a new driver, but there is no ongoing session (yet). Occurs when user inserts the cable or vehicle occupies the parking spot. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Operative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that EV is being charged by the charging device. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Operative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Suspended EVSE&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that EV is connected to the charger, but the charger is not offering energy to the EV. Reason could be load balancing restriction, local power supply constraints, or other limits. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Operative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Suspended EV&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that EV is connected to the charger and the charger is offering energy, but EV is not taking any energy.&lt;p>&lt;/p> Operative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Finishing&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that the charging session has stopped at the charging infrastructure, but infrastructure is not yet available for a new user. It can mean that cable has not yet been removed or the vehicle is still occupying the parking spot. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Operative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reserved&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that charging infrastructure is reserved. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Operative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Unavailable&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that charging infrastructure is not available for use by drivers. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Inoperative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Faulted&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that charging infrastructure is not working/set-up properly. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Inoperative.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Closed&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that charging infrastructure is not in use any more. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Closed.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../ev_infrastructure_status.png" alt="Infrastructure Status">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Charging infrastructure&amp;rsquo;s statuses&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Under &lt;i class="fa fa-car" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>, there are two sections, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#list-view">List view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#map-view">Map view&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;h2 id="list-view">List view&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under the list view, a paginated list of all charging stations is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the stations&amp;rsquo; list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for a charging station by name, model, vendor, area, operator, or/and operational status.
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Six actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-station">Create station&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-station-page">Details station page&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#websocket-url-link-example">Websocket URL link example&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#connecting-to-ev-charge">Connecting to EV Charge&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#disconnecting-from-ev-charge">Disconnecting from EV Charge&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configuration">Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-station">Update station&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-station">Delete station&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
To create a charger for the charging infrastructure in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, you must create a new charging station or add it to an existing one.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="create-station">Create station&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">stations&lt;/a>, to create a station, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create&lt;/strong>. Provide a name and code for the charging station.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>You can choose whether the charging station should be visible/invisible in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>. To achieve this, use the &lt;strong>Visible&lt;/strong> toggle switch to enable/disable. This is handy if there is a testing station you do not want end users to see in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>As stated, invisible stations are hidden from the map, but exceptions can be made for the drivers which are station area operator’s private group members. &lt;a href="../operators/#operator-with-members-in-private-network">See more.&lt;/a>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Boot configuration&lt;/strong> indicates whether Tridens EV Charge central system needs to execute a basic configuration for the charging station when it boots and connects to Tridens EV Charge central system. It covers charger/connector status synchronization, time synchronization and resets the charging profiles for energy rate limits, if necessary. Use the Boot configuration’s toggle switches to enable/disable each available setting. See &lt;a href="../stations/#station-boot-configuration">Station Boot Configuration&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Physical address&lt;/strong> represents the MAC address of your charging station. In &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, it is for information purposes; however, it can be helpful for inventory management.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The connectivity section specifies the protocol and the rules for the communication between the charging station and the central system. &lt;strong>Communication protocol&lt;/strong>, &lt;strong>Connection policy&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Connection identifier&lt;/strong> are the rules which need to be set according to the connectivity configuration guidelines. See &lt;a href="#connectivity-configuration">Connectivity Configuration&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In addition, assign the charging station to a &lt;a href="../areas">charging area&lt;/a>. This will determine the position of the charger(s) on the map both for you in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> and end users in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>By clicking &lt;strong>Save&lt;/strong>, &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> will create a template of the charging station (which represents your charging station).&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The charging station will be inoperative because your station has not been connected to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. To learn how to connect your station to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> and make it operative, see &lt;a href="#details-station-page">Details station page&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="details-station-page">Details station page&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">stations&lt;/a>, to see the full details of a charging station, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Area&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Serial number&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Model&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Vendor&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Firmware version&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Modem iccid&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Modem IMSI&lt;/li>
&lt;li>WebSocket&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Initially, once a charging station template is created in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, the information listed above will be empty except for the area and WebSocket. This is because the charging station is yet to be connected to EV Charge’s central system. Once connected, it reports the values.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The connection links are provided automatically by &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. The WebSocket URL links connect your charging station to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. It contains a unique identifier assigned by &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> for your charging station.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
There is a secure version of the WebSocket URL link and a less secure version. The less secure (regular) version can be used for testing purposes.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Using the WebSocket URL link is how your physical charger connects to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h4 id="connecting-to-ev-charge">Connecting to EV Charge&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>To connect your charging station to the central system of Tridens EV Charge, see &lt;a href="#connectivity-configuration">Connectivity Configuration&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>After a successful connection, the information from the handshake request will be populated in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. It can include the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Serial number&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Model&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Vendor&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Firmware version&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>The charging station then becomes connected/operative in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="disconnecting-from-ev-charge">Disconnecting from EV Charge&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#details-station-page">details station page&lt;/a>, to disconnect the charging station from &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plug" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Disconnect&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="configuration">Configuration&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#details-station-page">details station page&lt;/a>, specific live configuration parameters/variables with their values can be read from your charging stations. To achieve this, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Configuration&lt;/strong>. Then, on each configuration, click &lt;i class="fa fa-sync" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Read from station&lt;/strong>. In addition, you can change and push back the specific live configuration values.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The live configuration values can only be read if your station has been connected to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. To connect your charging station to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, see &lt;a href="#connecting-to-ev-charge">Connecting to EV Charge&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
To understand what each live configuration variable typifies, see &lt;a href="#live-configuration-parameters">Live configuration parameters&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="update-station">Update station&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">stations&lt;/a>, to update a charging station, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the charging station. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-station">create station&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-warning" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Warning:&lt;/h4>
&lt;em>Want to switch Area of the Charging Station? This change may impact the history of charging Sessions and may corrupt data about your charging infrastructure, if exposed in roaming. If you are exposing your charging infrastructure in roaming, we advise you to discard (close) the Charging Station structure and open a new one.&lt;/em>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-station">Delete station&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">stations&lt;/a>, to delete a charging station, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="charger">Charger&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>The charging station created in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> represents the networking component. Once the charging station is created, a representation of your physical charger and connector can be created. To create a charger in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, see &lt;a href="#create-charger">create charger&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
By OCPP terminology, you have a charging station representing the highest hardware level. The charging station can be described as a networking component connecting and communicating with &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. The charger/charging unit, which belongs to the charging station, represents the physical charger with multiple or one connector/sockets/plugs.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>With OCPP 1.6, a charging station can have only one charger. It is like a charger with the networking component built into it directly.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>However, with OCPP 2.0, multiple chargers can be created and controlled with the same networking component (one charging station).&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="create-charger">Create charger&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#details-station-page">details station page&lt;/a>, to create a new charger, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create New Charger&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The charger will only be shown in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong> if the charging station is configured to be visible. For more information, see &lt;a href="#create-station">Create station&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Provide a name and code for the charger. The charger&amp;rsquo;s name will be visible to end users in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>. The code is automatically populated; however, it can be modified as long as it is unique for each charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The charger&amp;rsquo;s code is vital in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. Through the code, you can generate a QR code for the charger. Therefore, end users can start a charging session in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong> using the QR code. For more information, see &lt;a href="https://tridenstechnology.com/ev-charge-app-docs/stations/#scanning-a-qr-code">Scanning a QR code&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>To create a QR code for a charger, go to an online QR code generator, change the input to text, and input/paste the code of the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For instance, if the charger&amp;rsquo;s code is &lt;strong>B1C1&lt;/strong>, to generate a QR code for the charger, input the text &lt;strong>B1C1&lt;/strong> to the QR code generator.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Once the QR code is generated for the charger, it can be printed and pasted on your physical charger for end users to scan to start a charging session.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The approach of end-users starting a charging session through a QR code is the optimum approach in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> because it emphasizes that customers are actually at the charging station location.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>For a charger with two or more connectors that can be used simultaneously, when generating a QR code, the connector code must be included in the charger&amp;rsquo;s code as part of the text that gets converted to a QR code.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>To create a QR code for a charger with two or more connectors that can be used simultaneously, go to an online QR code generator, change the input to text, and input the code of the charger. Then, add a semicolon (;) and continue with the connector code.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For example, the charger code &lt;strong>B1C1&lt;/strong> and the connector code &lt;strong>22_kW&lt;/strong> will be inputted in the online QR code generator as follows: &lt;strong>B1C1;22_kW&lt;/strong>. The same can be done for the second connector.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Therefore, this creates two QR codes, one for the first connector and the other for the second.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Note:&lt;/strong> This procedure is only for chargers with two or more connectors that can be used simultaneously.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Physical address&lt;/strong> represents the MAC address of the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Reservable&lt;/strong> indicates whether the charger allows reservations. For more information, see &lt;a href="../reservations">Reservations&lt;/a>. Use the &lt;strong>Reservable&lt;/strong> toggle switch to enable/disable.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> indicates whether the charger is available for roaming. For more information, see &lt;a href="../roaming">Roaming&lt;/a>. Use the &lt;strong>Roaming&lt;/strong> toggle switch to enable/disable. For the charger to be applicable and exposed in roaming to third party providers, populate &lt;strong>roaming id&lt;/strong> attribute as an identifier with unique non-blank value.
Roaming id attribute is required for roaming, but please note that this identifier may not be used in every roaming protocol, due to different protocol rules.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Electric current type&lt;/strong> represents the charger&amp;rsquo;s electricity flow setup.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Charging profile&lt;/strong> limits the charger&amp;rsquo;s power output based on a fixed schedule. For instance, the charger outputs a maximum of 20kW of power at night. While at day, the output is lowered to 10kW of power. For more information, see &lt;a href="../charging-profiles">Charging Profiles&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Adding a charging profile to a charger and enabling dynamic load balancing on the charging area are mutually exclusive in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Custom field&lt;/strong> is a key-value pair, enabling you to include additional information for the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Whenever a charging session occurs on a charger, the key-value pair included in the custom field will be transmitted to &lt;strong>Monetization&lt;/strong> as part of the session.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Custom field&lt;/strong> can also be used to categorize and parameterize your &lt;a href="../areas#charging-infrastructure">charging infrastructure&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For instance, suppose the key-value pair for a location category:&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Key&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Value&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>location_category&lt;/td>
&lt;td>city&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>location_category&lt;/td>
&lt;td>highway&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>location_category&lt;/td>
&lt;td>suburb&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;p>By assigning these parameters to the charger as custom fields, in &lt;strong>Monetization&lt;/strong>, when defining the prices that end users would pay, the parameters can be used to affect the price. For example, chargers in the city can be more expensive than those in the suburb.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
Multiple connectors can be added to a charger in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. To achieve this, see &lt;a href="#create-connector">Create connector&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h4 id="create-connector">Create connector&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#create-charger">create charger&lt;/a>, to create a connector, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create New&lt;/strong>. Provide a name and code.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
Give the connector a name that will be useful to end users; the connector name is visible to the customer in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The connector types are standardized types that let your end users know in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong> whether or not the connector is compatible with their vehicle.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For the connector to be applicable and exposed in roaming to third party providers, populate &lt;strong>roaming id&lt;/strong> attribute as an identifier with unique non-blank value.
Roaming id attribute is required for roaming, but please note that this identifier may not be used in every roaming protocol, due to different protocol rules.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The most commons connector/socket types to be used are:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>CCS 1: Known as Combined Charging System 1 (CCS) Combo 1, CCS1.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CCS 2: Known as Combined Charging System 2 (CCS) Combo 2, CCS2.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Type 1: Known as Type 1, SAE J1772, J plug, IEC 62196 Type 1.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Type 2: Known as Type 2, Mennekes, IEC 62196 Type 2.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Type 3: Known as Type 3, Scame, IEC 62196 Type 3.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>ChaoJI: Known as ChaoJI.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>GB/T: Known as Guobiao GB/T 20234.2.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>CHAdeMO: Known as G105, JARI G105-1993, CHAdeMO.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Wattage limit&lt;/strong>: Connector&amp;rsquo;s maximum electric power limit (Watts).
&lt;strong>Amperage limit&lt;/strong>: Connector&amp;rsquo;s maximum electric current limit (Amperes).
&lt;strong>Voltage limit&lt;/strong>: Connector&amp;rsquo;s maximum electric voltage limit (Volts).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The Wattage, Amperage and Voltage limits depict the connector’s maximum capability. Limits are reflected on:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Utilized when Tridens EV Charge is performing &lt;strong>&lt;a href="../areas#dynamic-load-balancing-example">the dynamic load balancing&lt;/a>&lt;/strong> on Area for power/current supply distribution among the connectors, which are charging the vehicles.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Limit values also serve for user experience in mobile application (filtering connectors by power), and when exposing charging infrastructure on the roaming network.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Limit values are exposed as connector&amp;rsquo;s capability in roaming protocols, like OCPI and OICP.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>In addition, end users in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong> can filter for a connector based on the minimum power a connector can supply. The filtering option is based on the wattage limit configured for the connector.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Power factor&lt;/strong> represents the relationship between current and voltage and must be between 0 and 1.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A connector can have a &lt;strong>Custom field&lt;/strong>, which can be used for parametrization and categorization. For example, if you have a charger with two connectors, with one charging faster. The price for the connector with a faster charge rate can be higher.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>By clicking &lt;strong>Save&lt;/strong>, the charger is added at the bottom of the &lt;a href="#details-station-page">details station page&lt;/a>. Also, the charger will be visible in the &lt;a href="#map-view">map view&lt;/a> in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. Furthermore, the charger and the connector(s) will also be visible to end users in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="update-charger">Update charger&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#details-station-page">details station page&lt;/a>, to update a charger, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-charger">create charger&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h3 id="delete-charger">Delete charger&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#details-station-page">details station page&lt;/a>, to delete a charger, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="map-view">Map view&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under the map view, all chargers are shown on a map based on the charging area&amp;rsquo;s location. By selecting a specific &lt;i class="fa fa-map-marker-alt" aria-hidden="true" style="color: red; font-size: 24px">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Charger&lt;/strong> on the map, it shows the distance away from the charger. Also, it shows the charger&amp;rsquo;s name, location, and charging status. In addition, the charger&amp;rsquo;s connector(s) are shown, including their status.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="connectivity-configuration">Connectivity Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>The connectivity section of the charging station specifies the protocol and the rules for the communication between the charging station and the central system. Communication protocol, Connection policy and Connection identifier are the rules which need to be set properly.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>As station is the side which initiates the connection to the Tridens EV Charge’s central system, Tridens EV Charge’s dashboard shows up the allocated connection URL based on the assigned connection settings. Connection configuration guidelines are described in the subtitles.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Charging device needs to be configured with the central system’s allocated URL. How this is done differs among different charging device implementations, as they may provide web interface, mobile device interface or configuration on screen.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../station-url-token-20240424-090632.png" alt="Station URL Token">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Tridens EV Charge central system’s allocated connection settings for the charging station&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="communication-protocol">Communication Protocol&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>The Communication protocol, which can be OCPP 1.6 or 2.0.1 specifies the protocol your charging station uses to communicate.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../station-comm-protocol.png" alt="Station Communication Protocol">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Communication protocol selection for the charging station on the Tridens EV Charge’s central system dashboard&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="connection-identifier">Connection Identifier&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Unique Connection identifier needs to be assigned for the charging station on Tridens EV Charge, so the device can be identified when communicating with the central system.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../station-connection-identifier.png" alt="Station Connection Indetifier">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Connection identifier of the the charging station, as assigned on the Tridens EV Charge’s central system&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="connection-policy">Connection Policy&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Connection policies as security profiles for the selected communication protocol between the charging device and the Tridens EV Charge’s central system.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Connection policy options:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>WSS: WebSocket encrypted communication.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>WSS with Authentication: WebSocket encrypted communication which requires authentication credentials, by which the charger is verified for the access rights.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Disabled: Connection and communication not allowed.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../station-connection-policy.png" alt="Station Connection Policy">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 5:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Connection policy selection for the charging station on Tridens EV Charge dashboard&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="connection-example">Connection Example&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Given the WebSocket URL link:&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="highlight">&lt;pre tabindex="0" style="background-color:#f8f8f8;-moz-tab-size:4;-o-tab-size:4;tab-size:4;">&lt;code class="language-bash" data-lang="bash">&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>wss://app.tridenstechnology.com/ev-charge/gw-comm/your-charging-company/station-01
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;/code>&lt;/pre>&lt;/div>&lt;p>Breaking down the link:&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="highlight">&lt;pre tabindex="0" style="background-color:#f8f8f8;-moz-tab-size:4;-o-tab-size:4;tab-size:4;">&lt;code class="language-bash" data-lang="bash">&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>wss &lt;span style="color:#8f5902;font-style:italic"># Communication protocol.&lt;/span>
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>app.tridenstechnology.com &lt;span style="color:#8f5902;font-style:italic"># Tridens server address.&lt;/span>
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>/ev-charge/gw-comm/your-charging-company &lt;span style="color:#8f5902;font-style:italic"># Allocated service path.&lt;/span>
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;span style="display:flex;">&lt;span>station-01 &lt;span style="color:#8f5902;font-style:italic"># The unique identifier of your charging station.&lt;/span>
&lt;/span>&lt;/span>&lt;/code>&lt;/pre>&lt;/div>&lt;p>The WebSocket URL link (&lt;code>wss://app.tridenstechnology.com/ev-charge/gw-comm/your-charging-company/station-01&lt;/code>) should be configured into your charging station. Then, your station will send a handshake request to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> to establish a connection; it follows this order:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>Your station introduces itself as &lt;code>station-01&lt;/code> through the handshake request.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> checks if the unique identifier (&lt;code>station-01&lt;/code>) is a valid identifier of a charging station in its system.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>A successful connection is made if it is a valid identifier.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;div class="alert alert-dark" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Tip:&lt;/h4>
Establishing a connection with &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> can differ from one charging station to another because different manufacturers may have different interfaces. However, the logic behind it is technically the same.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Additional notes about WSS charger connection with Tridens&amp;rsquo; central system. There are multiple ways to use WSS:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>WSS without authentication.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>WSS with basic authentication, accepting username/pass combination.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>WSS with basic authentication, accepting token.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Troubleshooting when unable to establish the connection with the central system:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Ensure that the charger is configured to automatically reconnect to the central system, if for any reason disconnection occurs.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Charger&amp;rsquo;s on-site configuration, if settings are reset for any reason.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Charger&amp;rsquo;s network stability.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="chargers-session-settings">Charger’s session settings&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>See &lt;a href="../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="boot-configuration">Boot Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Configuration of actions which are performed once the charging station connects to the Tridens EV Charge’s central system.
Boot configuration settings are used to synchronize the charger with the central system, once the connection is established.
Whether these settings need to be enabled or disabled, depends on the charger implementation. Some chargers automatically send these messages, once they connect to the central system, the others don’t do that and for the latter we advise enabling the triggering at boot.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-car" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all stations is shown in a tabular format. Click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Actions&lt;/strong> for the specific station. On the station&amp;rsquo;s page, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong> on the top right corner to access &lt;strong>Edit Station&lt;/strong> page.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The following are the boot configuration settings:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Trigger boot notification:&lt;/em> Trigger station to send the boot notification after the connection establishment. It synchronizes the charging device’s information on Tridens EV Charge central system, by triggering the charging device to report the boot notification. Information include data of serial number, vendor, model, firmware version, modem ICCID, modem IMSI.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Trigger status notification:&lt;/em> Trigger station to send charger/connector status reports, so system obtains the latest status values after the connection establishment. It synchronizes the status of charger and connectors by triggering the charging device to report the latest statuses.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Trigger heartbeat:&lt;/em> Trigger heartbeat for station’s clock sync after the connection establishment with the central system. It synchronizes the charger’s clock to the clock of the Tridens EV Charge’s central system, after the connection establishment between the charging device and the central system.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Clear charging profiles:&lt;/em> Clears any previously set charging profiles with limits on the station. Any configured profiles will apply after. Wattage/amperage limits on the charging device can be set by using the charging profiles configuration. See &lt;a href="../charging-profiles">Charging Profiles Configuration&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../station-boot.png" alt="Station Boot">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 6:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Charging station’s boot configuration on Tridens EV Charge dashboard&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="live-configuration-parameters">Live Configuration Parameters&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Live configuration parameters/variables for OCPP can be read from the charge point or set to the charge point without any database persistence.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Supported standardized variables constitute the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#general-variables">General variables&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#transactional-variables">Transactional variables&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#metering-variables">Metering variables&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h4 id="general-variables">General variables&lt;/h4>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Connector phase rotation&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Connector&amp;rsquo;s phase rotation in respect to the connector&amp;rsquo;s electrical meter.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Heartbeat interval&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Seconds inactivity interval (no exchanged messages) after which charge point sends heartbeat to central system.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reset retries&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Number of times to retry unsuccessful charge point reset.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Web socket ping interval&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Client-side ping interval. When 0, it is disabled.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h4 id="transactionalsession-variables">Transactional/session variables&lt;/h4>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Transaction message attempts&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Number of retries the charge point submits transactional message after failed submit.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Transaction event interval&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Seconds wait time before resubmitting a transactional message.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Stop tx on ev side disconnect&lt;/td>
&lt;td>If true, the charge point stops the transaction if cable unplugged from EV.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Stop tx on invalid id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>If true, charge point will stop an ongoing transaction when it receives a non-accepted authorization status.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Ev connection timeout&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Seconds interval for which transaction waits in preparing state for a plug-in, before going back to available.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Allow Offline Tx For Unknown Id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether offline cache authorizations are supported prior session start (e.g., an RFID), when the charger is not connected to the central system (by OCPP).&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h4 id="metering-variables">Metering variables&lt;/h4>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Aligned data interval&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Seconds clock aligned interval for measuring, starting at 00:00:00. Measures are accumulated per period. 0 disables it.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Aligned data measurands&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Clock-aligned measurands to be included in meterings regarding &lt;strong>Aligned data interval&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Sampled data interval&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Seconds interval for sampling meter data. 0 disables it.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Sampled data measurands&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Sampled measurands to be included in meterings regarding &lt;strong>Sampled data interval&lt;/strong>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Aligned data measurands at transaction end&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Measurands to be included in transaction end event for every &lt;strong>Aligned data interval&lt;/strong> of transaction.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Sampled data measurands at transaction end&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Sampled measurands to be included in transaction/session end event.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h4 id="authorization">Authorization&lt;/h4>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local offline authorization&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Controls whether the charger will authorize the user when they are offline by using the authorization cache and/or local authorization list.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local pre-authorize&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Controls whether the charger will use authorization cache and/or local authorization list to start a session without waiting for an authorization response from the central system. The central system can later deauthorize the user at session event exchange.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local auth list enabled&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the local authorization list is enabled on the charging station.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Set local list max. length&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging station’s maximum number of identifiers that can be sent in a single request to update the authorization list.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Local auth list&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Maximum number of identifiers that can be stored in the local authorization list of the charging station.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Allow offline session of unknown id&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the station supports the unknown-offline-authorization feature.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorization cache enabled&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the authorization cache is enabled on the charging station.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Authorize remote start&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether additional authorization at remote session start request is enabled on the charger. If enabled, the charger issues authorization when it receives the remote start request from mobile/web.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h4 id="plug--charge">Plug &amp;amp; Charge&lt;/h4>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Plug &amp;amp; charge enabled&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the charger supports ISO 15118 Plug&amp;amp;Charge feature.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Central contract validation&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the charger can provide a Plug&amp;amp;Charge contract certificate that it cannot validate to the central system for validation as part of the authorization.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Offline contract validation&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the charger will try to validate a contract certificate when it is offline and not connected to the central system (by OCPP).&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="view-logs">View Logs&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Logs can be a helpful tool for the charging infrastructure operators to better understand the events over the charging infrastructure and communication between the charging station and the central system. Operators usually utilize them at onboard testing and for troubleshooting.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To view the logs, navigate to the stations view, find and open the charging station of interest and hit the button &lt;strong>View Logs&lt;/strong> on the top right.
Logging review tool shows up and users can choose between the two options to read logs by selecting the tab on the top of the tool.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The first option are the logged notifications and the second are the OCPP logs covering the communication between the charging station and the central system of Tridens EV Charge.
Logs are filterable by the time range and can be exported by &lt;em>CSV&lt;/em> or &lt;em>Print&lt;/em> options which appear on the bottom of the tool.&lt;/p>
&lt;br>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../view-station-logs.png" alt="Station&amp;amp;rsquo;s logs">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 7:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Charging station view and the navigation to view the logged notifications.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="logged-notifications">Logged Notifications&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Notification logs are present based on the system configuration for &lt;a href="../system-configuration/notifications">Notifications&lt;/a> and &lt;a href="../integrations/log-notifications-setup">Log Notifications Setup&lt;/a>.
&lt;br>
Use &lt;strong>Events&lt;/strong> tab to view.
&lt;br>
Logs will appear after the configuration is established, meaning that past events are not logged.
&lt;br>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../filterable-logs.png" alt="Filterable logs">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 8:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Logged notifications of the charging station.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="logged-ocpp-communication">Logged OCPP Communication&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Logs of Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) communication exchanged between the central system of Tridens EV Charge and the charging station.
&lt;br>
Use &lt;strong>OCPP&lt;/strong> tab to view.
&lt;br>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../ocpp-communication-logs.png" alt="OCPP communication logs">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 9:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>OCPP communication logs of the charging station.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="local-authorization-management">Local Authorization Management&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Local authorization feature provides that the charger can authorize customers/drivers without using the central system, while being offline.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The central system of Tridens EV Charge instructs the charger about the list of authorization identifiers which can be used locally by the charger to authorize the drivers for charging. Each list has a version for the operational reference. Operation can be used as full override (overrides all identifiers) or differential (add/update the specific identifiers). The system can also request a charger for the version number of the local authorization list. This way an operator/provider can find out which authorization list is currently being set up on the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To manage the charging station’s local authorization list, the following operations are available from the perspective of the central system of Tridens EV Charge:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Send local authorization list (full update).&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Send local authorization list (differential - partial update).&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Get local authorization list version.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Handling the charging station&amp;rsquo;s configuration settings for local authorization.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Local authorization and authorization cache are separate features and cache does not impact the local authorization list.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="authorization-cache">Authorization Cache&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Operators/providers may utilize the charger&amp;rsquo;s ability for the authorization cache. Authorization cache autonomously maintains a record of previously presented identifiers (RFID, NFC, certificate, &amp;hellip;) that have been successfully authorized by the central system of Tridens EV Charge. This charger’s feature is controllable from the Tridens central system side by using the configuration keys, as described in &lt;strong>Stations - Live Configuration Parameters&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>This feature needs to be used carefully and might only be proper in the following cases:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>For the businesses, where the charging service is available only for post-paid customers, as sessions regulated by the local authorization cache are not authorizing any customer/driver resources, to verify whether customer has enough funds. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Charging station is located in area with non-stable network connection. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Authorization cache impacts:  &lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Cache entries may contain expiry dates, which are considered at validation. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>If authorization happens and an invalid identifier is present in the cache while the charger is online, the charger uses the central system to authorize. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Authorization cache has no impact on the local authorization list! These two features are separated and local authorization lists are fully controllable from the central system. Also, identifiers from local authorization list should not be added to the authorization cache. If both are used, the local authorization list has priority over the authorization cache for the same identifiers. &lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Local authorization and authorization cache are separate features and cache does not impact the local authorization list.&lt;/strong>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Charging Profiles</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/charging-profiles/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/charging-profiles/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#charging-profile-explained">Charging profile explained&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-charging-profile">Create a charging profile&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-charging-profile-page">Details charging profile page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-charging-profile">Update charging profile&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-charging-profile">Delete charging profile&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-bug" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Charging profiles&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all charging profiles is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the charging profiles list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class=" fa fa-file" aria-hidden=" true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="charging-profile-explained">Charging profile explained&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Configuring a charging profile is optional among the components in setting up a &lt;a href="../areas#charging-infrastructure">charging infrastructure&lt;/a> in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A charging profile is commonly used with private chargers at home, where you want to give specific limitations to the power output based on a scheduled period. For instance, at night, the charger outputs a maximum of 20kW of power; at day, it is lowered to 10kW of power.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>A scheduled limit created in a charging profile is not considered as &lt;strong>dynamic load balancing&lt;/strong>. This is because a single charger will be limited to a specific maximum power output based on the fixed schedule, and the power output only acts by the schedule.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Enabling dynamic load balancing in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> can only be achieved from the charging area. For more information, see &lt;a href="../areas">Areas&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When dynamic load balancing is enabled, smart charging profiles are not applied.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Interoperability&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Charging profiles feature utilizes standardized OCPP defined charging profiles, so as long as CPO’s charger supports the OCPP charging profile operations, then interoperability with this feature of Tridens EV Charge is available.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-a-charging-profile">Create a charging profile&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-charging-profile-page">Details charging profile page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-charging-profile">Update charging profile&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-charging-profile">Delete charging profile&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="create-a-charging-profile">Create a charging profile&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">charging profiles&lt;/a>, to create a charging profile, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create new&lt;/strong>. Provide a name and code.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Stack level&lt;/strong> represents a priority; therefore, the charger will use the charging profile with the highest priority number if multiple charging profiles are configured on the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
A higher number indicates a higher priority.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Select the &lt;strong>Type&lt;/strong>, which could be one-time or recurring. If recurring is selected, the schedule restarts periodically after the first schedule period ends. Also, choose between a daily or weekly recurrence for the recurring type.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Purpose&lt;/strong> indicates the context of the limit, whether it is charger total limit or default limit for the charging sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>  a. &lt;strong>Charger total limit&lt;/strong> represents maximum power/current available on the whole Charger. Never applies for the Connector.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>  b. &lt;strong>Session default limit&lt;/strong> represents default power/current limit for each session on Charger/Connector. This limit can be overridden by the session specific limit.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Energy limit&lt;/strong> only applies when Session default limit is selected. The limit represent max. energy amount (kWh) to be consumed by the EV for a session in case when the charging profile is explicitly selected/assigned for the session. When the limit is achieved on session, the session is requested to stop and the termination phase applies. Empty value represents no limit.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Duration&lt;/strong> indicates the length of time for the charging profile after the schedule is kick-started. It could be in minutes or hours. It is applicable only for the recurring type.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Configuring the validity period denotes when the charging profile will be active (in force). The &lt;strong>Schedule start&lt;/strong> marks when the configured schedule periods should begin to apply on the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Unit&lt;/strong> represents the unit of measurement that will be applied under the &lt;strong>Schedule periods&lt;/strong> limit.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Scheduling periods&lt;/strong> represent turning points, where milestones can be created on how to limit the power output. It is based on the amount of time configured for the &lt;strong>Duration&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>For instance, by setting the &lt;strong>Duration&lt;/strong> to last for 24 hours, the following milestones can be created:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Start point&lt;/strong> = 0, &lt;strong>Unit&lt;/strong> = Hours, and &lt;strong>Limit&lt;/strong> = 5000 Watts(W).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Start point&lt;/strong> = 6, &lt;strong>Unit&lt;/strong> = Hours, and &lt;strong>Limit&lt;/strong> = 10000 Watts(W).&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Start point&lt;/strong> = 18, &lt;strong>Unit&lt;/strong> = Hours, and &lt;strong>Limit&lt;/strong> = 5000 Watts(W).&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;dl>
&lt;dt>Explanation&lt;/dt>
&lt;dd>The first milestone means that at 0 hours (which represents midnight), the power output is limited to 5000W. The second milestone means that at 6 hours (which is 6 AM), the power output is limited to 10000W. Finally, the third milestone implies that at 18 hours (6 PM), the power output is limited to 5000W.&lt;/dd>
&lt;/dl>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The charging profile in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> aligns with the Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) documentation regarding configurability.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Once the charging profile is created, it can be assigned to a charger. If the charger accepts the charging profile, it will become operative based on the &lt;strong>Schedule start&lt;/strong> configuration.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>However, if a charger rejects a smart charging profile, it could be that it is not a supported operation or a malfunction in its software.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="details-charging-profile-page">Details charging profile page&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">charging profiles&lt;/a>, to see the full details of a charging profile, click &lt;i class=" fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden=" true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Type&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Unit&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Recurrency&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Stack level&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Scheduling start&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Validity&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Duration&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Below the above information are all the scheduled periods, which include the start point, unit, and limit.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="update-charging-profile">Update charging profile&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">charging profiles&lt;/a>, to update a charging profile, first, click &lt;i class=" fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden= "true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the charging profile. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-a-charging-profile">create a charging profile&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="delete-charging-profile">Delete charging profile&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">charging Profiles&lt;/a>, to delete a charging profile, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Deleting a charging profile already used in other parts of &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> cannot be done. Every particular reference to the charging profile first has to be deleted.
&lt;/div></description></item><item><title>Docs: Log Notifications Setup</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/log-notifications-setup/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/log-notifications-setup/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configuration">Configuration&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#basic-example">Basic Example&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#advanced-example">Advanced Example&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#reading-the-logs">Reading the Logs&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Tridens EV Charge platform can be utilized to log and review the occurred events by the charging infrastructure or those related to the charging sessions control. Feature is called &lt;em>log notifications&lt;/em> and is based on the instructions of &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications">System Configuration - Notifications&lt;/a>, where logging notifications configuration can be made by the &lt;strong>Log&lt;/strong> publishers.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="configuration">Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Operators can configure to be notified on the wide range of events, related to the charging infrastructure availability and charging session control.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A few events to consider enabling for log notifications, so the operators can track the charging infrastructure’s behavior:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Station connected&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Station disconnected&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Connector status changed&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Reservation created&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Reservation canceled&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session started&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session refused&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session’s charging ended&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session ended&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session’s state-of-charge (EV battery) limit breached&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session’s charge time limit breached&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session’s park time limit breached&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session’s fault time limit breached&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>For the complete list of actions in different scopes, see &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications">Notifications&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="basic-example">Basic Example&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Basic example is represented in &lt;em>Figure 1&lt;/em> about adding a new logging notification configuration for the event when the charging station successfully connects to the central system of Tridens EV Charge. Log publisher is used with the default template format, as template attribute remained unselected.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../basic-example-configuration.png" alt="Log Notification config charging station&amp;amp;rsquo;s connection">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Log notification configuration for charging station’s connection establishment with the central system.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;h3 id="advanced-example">Advanced Example&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Advanced example is represented by Figures 2 and 3, where Figure 2 shows the logging notification configuration for the event when monetary limit of 50€ has been breached for the customer’s charging session. Filter &lt;strong>Monetary limit&lt;/strong> is mandatory for the event and is set to 50€ threshold in this case. Instead of a default logging notification template, the custom configured notification template named as ‘Monetary Limit Breach 50€&amp;rsquo; can be used. Figure 2 shows such notification template configuration on the different section of the UI.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../advanced-example-configuration.png" alt="Log Notification config for charging session">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Log notification configuration for the charging session’s monetary limit breach of 50€.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../advanced-example-configuration-2.png" alt="Notification template configuration">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Notification template configuration for monetary limit breach of 50€ for the charging session.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;h2 id="reading-the-logs">Reading the Logs&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Navigate to &lt;i class="fa fa-car" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong> and select the specific station for which you would like to review its logs and click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> under &lt;strong>Actions&lt;/strong> to view station details. On the top right icons on the specific station&amp;rsquo;s page, click &lt;strong>View logs&lt;/strong> icon (&lt;em>Figure 4&lt;/em>).&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../charging-station-notification-logs.png" alt="Charging station’s notification logs">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Navigating to view the charging station’s notification logs.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;p>The paginated logs view shows up, as in Figure 5.
Time filters can be used to restrict the results range. Use &lt;strong>Preferences&lt;/strong> to manage pagination and appearance.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../filtering-logs.png" alt="Filtering logs">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 5:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Filtering the logs.&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Notifications Guidelines</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/notifications-guidelines/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/notifications-guidelines/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notifications-setup-guidelines-in-general">Notifications Setup Guidelines in General&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notifying-ev-drivers">Notifying EV Drivers&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notifying-the-operators">Notifying the Operators&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="notifications-setup-guidelines-in-general">Notifications Setup Guidelines in General&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Charging providers usually want to enable the notifying features, so they can inform the EV drivers about the status of their charging session or to inform themselves about the status of the charging infrastructure.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>This section can serve as a guide on the options which can be utilized for the notifying.
Base general steps for configuring the notifications can be found in &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications/">Notifications&lt;/a> section.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>See the following references to find notifications setup technologies:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="../log-notifications-setup/">Log Notifications Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="../push-notifications/">Push Notifications Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="../email-notifications-setup/">Email Notifications Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="../sms-notifications/">SMS Notifications Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="notifying-ev-drivers">Notifying EV Drivers&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>EV drivers (also end users, end customers), usually want to be notified about the status of the charging sessions.
Setup of these kind of notifications differs based on the session handling configuration, as described in &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Sessions - Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.
Full list of available notification actions is described in &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications/#notification-scopes-and-actions">Notifications Scopes and Actions&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The most used actions for notifying the EV drivers during the session by using the push notifications or SMS for mobile devices are the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Charging end - Indicating that session’s charging has ended, but parking fees may apply after. You can notify the driver that the charging process is done and prompt them to remove the vehicle.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Battery percentage limit - Indicating that certain amount of battery percentage (configurable) has been breached for the session, if reported by the charger. E.g., EV battery achieved 85%.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Energy limit - Indicating that certain amount of energy in kWh (configurable) has been spent for the session so far. E.g., EV session’s energy consumption achieved 40 kWh.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Charge time limit - Indicating that certain time for charging (configurable) has been spent for the session so far. E.g., EV session charging duration achieved 30 minutes.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Park time limit - Indicating that the certain parking time (configurable) has been spent for the session so far. E.g., EV session in parking mode duration achieved 15 minutes. Prompt driver to remove the vehicle and release the spot.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Park time threshold breach - Indicating that the parking time spent for the session has achieved the configured rating threshold of the EV charging session. From this point, parking time fees may apply. Based on configuration of &lt;a href="../../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Sessions - Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Monetary limit - Indicating that certain amount of money (configurable) has been spent for the session so far. E.g., EV session charging cost achieved 25€.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>For the cases of notifying EV drivers by an email, the following actions may be useful:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session end - Indicating that the charging session has ended and summary can be published.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session refused - Indicating that the charging session didn’t succeed, as initial authorization of customer’s resources didn’t succeed.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Notifications are headed to the session’s driver/customer, when an action is related to the specific customer and notification rule’s receiver of type ‘Customer’ is selected. See Fig. 1 below.
Applies for the session related actions, as these are customer related. Customer’s primary contact info is used for it, so push notification reference, email or phone number for SMS is taken from there.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>See &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications/#create-notification">Notifications - Create Notification Rule&lt;/a> section.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../rule-notification-ev-charging-session.png" alt="Exampple Rule Notifications for EV Charge Session">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Fig. 1:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Example of notification rule configuration headed to the customer when the EV charging session ends.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Content formatting definition example:&lt;/p>
&lt;pre tabindex="0">&lt;code>Charging session ${object.contents.session.id?c!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} ended.
Consumed ${object.contents.session.totalEnergy?c!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;}kWh for the cost of ${object.contents.session.usedAmount?c!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;}€.
&lt;/code>&lt;/pre>&lt;p>Results in:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Charging session 9718 ended. Consumed 29.33kWh for the cost of 8.28€.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="notifying-the-operators">Notifying the Operators&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Operators may be interested in being notified when significant changes appear on the charging infrastructure. Informing can be done by an email, SMS, logging or API call.
Full list of available notification actions is described in &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications/#notification-scopes-and-actions">Notifications Scopes and Actions&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Actions which can be especially helpful to operators:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Station connected - Indicating that the charging station has established a connection with the central system of Tridens EV Charge. If re-connections are happening, the station may need an urgent review.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Station disconnected - Indicating that the charging station has been disconnected from the central system of Tridens EV Charge. May need an urgent review, as connected station is necessary for availability of operations.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Station booted - Indicating that charging station has sent the boot notification. If the boot was not intentionally triggered, it may need a review.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Status changed - Indicating that the charger’s or connector’s status has changed. Advised to use notification for the transition to the ‘faulted’ status, as it usually needs to be troubleshooted.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Fault time limit - Indicating that certain fault time (configurable) has been spent for the charging session so far. E.g., EV session in fault mode duration breached 5 mintues. Needs operator’s review.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Operator related notifications are usually headed to the specific address (i.e. email), hence notification rule’s receiver of type ‘Base’ is usually selected with the contact populated. See Fig. 2 below.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Alternativelly, email sender (&lt;em>from&lt;/em>) can be determined on email template as well.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>See &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications/#create-notification">Notifications - Create Notification Rule&lt;/a> section.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../rule-notification-specific-operator.png" alt="Example Rule Notification Config for Specific Operator">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Fig. 2:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Example of notification rule configuration headed to the specific operator’s email address when the charging station device disconnects from the central system and the occasion needs to be reviewed.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Content formatting definition example:&lt;/p>
&lt;pre tabindex="0">&lt;code>Charging station ${object.contents.charging_station.name!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} has disconnected from the central system. Id:${object.contents.charging_station.id?c!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} Code:${object.contents.charging_station.code!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} Address: ${object.contents.charging_station.address!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} ZIP: ${object.contents.charging_station.zip!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} City: ${object.contents.charging_station.city!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} Country: ${object.contents.charging_station.country!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} Latitude: ${object.contents.charging_station.latitude?c!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;} Longitude: ${object.contents.charging_station.longitude?c!&amp;#39;/&amp;#39;}
&lt;/code>&lt;/pre>&lt;p>Results in:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Charging station Tridens Building has disconnected from the central system. Id:5274 Code:f1db01db-3f7c-4804-9d9a-e54cb1037040 Address: Titova 2a ZIP: 2000 City: Maribor Country: SI Latitude: 46.56007700000001 Longitude: 15.6510651.&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Sessions</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/sessions/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/sessions/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#sessions-overview">Sessions Overview&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-status">Session Status&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-actions-on-the-dashboard">Session Actions on the Dashboard&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#idle-session-control">Idle Session Control&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#requesting-the-session-to-start">Requesting the Session to Start&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#duration-scopes">Duration Scopes&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#requesting-the-session-to-stop">Requesting the Session to Stop&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#payment-authorization-policy">Payment Authorization Policy&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#authorization-mode">Authorization Mode&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#termination-strategy">Termination Strategy&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-retry-rating">Session Retry Rating&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-retry-billing">Session Retry Billing&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-reactivation">Session Reactivation&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#view-logs">View Logs&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#limitations">Limitations&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="sessions-overview">Sessions Overview&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-bolt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Sessions&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all sessions from a specific period is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To produce charging sessions, please refer to &lt;a href="../integrations/charging-session-integration">Charging Sessions Integration&lt;/a>, to find the guidelines.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the sessions list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for a session by date-time, customer ID, or/and status.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The session list will be empty if no active charging session has been made on the charging network.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
A charging session is started by end users in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>. For more information, see &lt;a href="https://tridenstechnology.com/ev-charge-app-docs/stations/#starting-a-charging-session">Starting a charging session&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>For all charging sessions, it shows:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>the charger and connector used to charge the vehicle&lt;/li>
&lt;li>the date-time the session started and ended&lt;/li>
&lt;li>session duration scopes (charge time, park time)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>the customer ID&lt;/li>
&lt;li>the total energy (kWh) consumption from the session&lt;/li>
&lt;li>the monetary amount&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>An ongoing session (a session in progress) will be shown with a &lt;strong>Status&lt;/strong> flag as &lt;strong>In progress&lt;/strong>. Also, the consumption and amount of the active session will be updated in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> as any live update occurs.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can forcefully stop an ongoing session under &lt;strong>Actions&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Clicking the customer ID on a session will take you to &lt;a href="https://tridenstechnology.com/monetization-web-docs/en/customers/customer-account-page/">Monetization&lt;/a>, where the customer information resides.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="session-status">Session Status&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Represents the latest status of the session.&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Session status&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Ready&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session was requested to start by the driver. Central system is waiting for the charger to start the charging process.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Refused&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session refused to start. Reason could be insufficient driver’s resources, configuration issue or other failure.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reserved&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session is reserved for the driver. Only the driver which reserved the charger can proceed to charging until reservation expires. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Reserved session can transition to an actual charging or expires and closes otherwise.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>In progress&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session is charging.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Limit reached&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that session has reached one of the configured limits: &lt;p>&lt;/p> - Monetary limit &lt;p>&lt;/p> - Energy limit &lt;p>&lt;/p> - Charge time limit &lt;p>&lt;/p> - Not able to authorize additional driver’s resources&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Closing&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session is in the closing process. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Triggered when &lt;a href="#session-actions-on-the-dashboard">force session stop&lt;/a> is triggered by the Tridens EV Charge.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Closed&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Final stage when session is completed and driver’s resources are spent. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Final stage of session depends on the session settings configuration, whether it ends by the charging end or by parking end. &lt;p>&lt;/p> See “Session settings”.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Rating failed&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that session is over regarding the session settings, but the driver was not monetarily rated. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Retry operation can be used on domand or by an automated job execution.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Billing failed&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates that session is over regarding the session settings, but the pay-now driver was not billed. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Retry operation can be used either on demand or by an automated job execution.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="session-actions-on-the-dashboard">Session Actions on the Dashboard&lt;/h2>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Session action&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Force close&lt;/td>
&lt;td>While session is ready/in-progress, system operator may demand to forcefully close the session by using the EV Charge dashboard, by clicking the close button on the right side. &lt;p>&lt;/p> This operation requests the session to stop on the charging infrastructure, but if the infrastructure is not responding for any reason, session is forcefully closed. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Driver is rated, session closes. See more details of this status in &lt;a href="#requesting-the-session-to-stop">Requesting the Session to Stop&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Retry rating&lt;/td>
&lt;td>While session is in rating failed status, retry rating button is available for use. &lt;p>&lt;/p> When triggered, session rating is retried. See more details of this status and possible actions in &lt;a href="#session-retry-rating">Retry Session Rating&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Retry billing&lt;/td>
&lt;td>While session is in billing failed status, retry billing button is available for use. &lt;p>&lt;/p> When triggered, session billing is retried. See more details of this status in &lt;a href="#session-retry-billing">Session Retry Billing&lt;/a>.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="idle-session-control">Idle Session Control&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>The pre-configured recurring background job checks for idle ready/ongoing sessions and also closes any expired reservations. The session is idle, regarding the Site/Operator settings. See &lt;a href="#idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>These are settings which apply for the rating of session, considering different metric types.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Rating settings are determined on the following levels:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Site (lowest priority)&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Operator&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Charger (highest priority)&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Settings are overridable, meaning the settings of the highest priority level are used.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Below are the rating settings available:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Description of session rating settings.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Setting name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Unit/value&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Energy step&lt;/td>
&lt;td>kWh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Energy step for rating authorization control (kWh).&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charge time step&lt;/td>
&lt;td>seconds&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charge time step for rating authorization control (seconds).&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Park time step&lt;/td>
&lt;td>seconds&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Park time step for rating authorization control (seconds).&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Park time threshold&lt;/td>
&lt;td>seconds&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Defines seconds threshold, as point in park time duration at which parking becomes ratable. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Difference between the total park time and threshold (&lt;em>park_time&lt;/em> minus &lt;em>park_time_threshold&lt;/em>) is ratable quantity. Rating authorizations start executing once threshold breaches.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reservation&lt;/td>
&lt;td>true / false&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicating whether the charging reservations are being authorized by rating.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Termination&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Applicable values of: &lt;br> - Session end&lt;br> - Park time end&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicating which action stops the charging session on the server side. See &lt;a href="#termination-strategy">termination strategy&lt;/a> for further explanations.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Monetary limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Max. monetary amount allowed for a session. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Empty value represents no limit. &lt;p>&lt;/p> When the central system of Tridens EV Charge detects that the charging session’s used monetary amount is above the configured &lt;code>Monetary limit&lt;/code> value for the charging session, it requests the charger to stop that charging session. In order for a session to actually end as closed and rated on the central system, charger needs to report the final stop event or if session is detected as idle. Final used amount is persisted on the session based on the charger’s reports, as it needs to track the actual consumption reported.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Energy limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>kWh&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Max. energy amount to be consumed for a session. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Empty value represents no limit. &lt;p>&lt;/p> When the central system of Tridens EV Charge detects that charger’s reported energy is above the configured &lt;code>Energy limit&lt;/code> value for the charging session, it requests the charger to stop that charging session. In order for a session to actually end as closed and rated on the central system, charger needs to report the final stop event or if session is detected as idle. Energy (kWh) is persisted on the session based on the charger’s reports, so if the energy limit is set 50 kWh and the charger reports 57 kWh, the system is going to use 57 kWh, as it needs to track the actual consumption reported.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charge time limit&lt;/td>
&lt;td>seconds&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Max. duration allowed for a session to charge. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Empty value represents no limit. &lt;p>&lt;/p> When the central system of Tridens EV Charge detects that the charging session’s elapsed charge time is above the configured &lt;code>Charge time limit&lt;/code> value for the charging session, it requests the charger to stop that charging session. In order for a session to actually end as closed and rated on the central system, charger needs to report the final stop event or if session is detected as idle. Final charge time is persisted on the session based on the charger’s reports, as it needs to track the actual consumption reported.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Payment auth. policy&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Applicable values: &lt;br> - None &lt;br> - Initial auth only &lt;br> - Auth control&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Payment authorization policy which applies for pay-now customers and defines how charging session is controlled by payment provider&amp;rsquo;s authorizations. See &lt;a href="#payment-authorization-policy">payment authorization policy&lt;/a> for further explanations.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Payment auth. amount&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Amount used for session&amp;rsquo;s payment authorizations. See &lt;a href="#payment-authorization-policy">payment authorization policy&lt;/a> for further explanations.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charge time price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Price per hour of charging time. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Used in scope of simple pricing.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Park time price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Price per hour of parking time. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Used in scope of simple pricing.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Energy consumed price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Price per kWh of energy consumed. &lt;p>&lt;/p> Used in scope of simple pricing.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Home roaming energy price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Home roaming energy price (per kWh). &lt;p>&lt;/p> Applies for monetary amount calculation, if session is in roaming on CPO of Tridens EV Charge, but customer/driver is of third-party roaming eMSP.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Home roaming charge time price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Home roaming charge time price (per hour). &lt;p>&lt;/p> Applies for monetary amount calculation, if session is in roaming on CPO of Tridens EV Charge, but customer/driver is of third-party roaming eMSP.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Home roaming park time price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Home roaming park time price (per hour). &lt;p>&lt;/p> Applies for monetary amount calculation, if session is in roaming on CPO of Tridens EV Charge, but customer/driver is of third-party roaming eMSP.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Home roaming reservation time price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Home roaming reservation time price (per hour). &lt;p>&lt;/p> Applies for monetary amount calculation, if session is in roaming on CPO of Tridens EV Charge, but customer/driver is of third-party roaming eMSP.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Home roaming reservation fixed price&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Site currency&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Home roaming fixed reservation price (flat fee). &lt;p>&lt;/p> Applies for monetary amount calculation, if session is in roaming on CPO of Tridens EV Charge, but customer/driver is of third-party roaming eMSP.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Start Restriction - Connector Occupied&lt;/td>
&lt;td>True / False&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Indicates whether the connector/socket is required to be occupied (EV connected) for the charging session start request to proceed.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reactivation grace period&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Seconds&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Grace period allowed for session reactivation after closure. Empty or 0 value indicates no limit.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h2 id="requesting-the-session-to-start">Requesting the Session to Start&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Sessions can be initiated in the following ways:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Driver as mobile user requests to start the charging session on the selected connector. The central system verifies that customer for the sufficient monetary resources and in case of success, it forwards the request to the charging infrastructure and requests it to start the charging process, upon which the charging session is expected to start.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Driver swipes an RFID device, uses NFC, Plug &amp;amp; Charge or any other way to initiate the session authorization at the charger side. Charger uses the identification means and asks the central system to verify the customer, whether he/she has sufficient monetary resources to charge and in case of acceptance, the charging is expected to start.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Driver starts charging immediately on the charging station, without prior authorization. In this case, the session customer is not known and not charged.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>When customer is detected, but is not successfully authorized for the charging session, the session is persisted as rejected. Otherwise no session is persisted.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="duration-scopes">Duration Scopes&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>While the charging session is in progress, the applicable charger’s connector status impacts how the session is being tracked by the Tridens EV Charge central system and thus how it appears to the drivers on mobile application.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Session duration is being separated into scopes of charge time, park time, reservation time and fault time. See table below to see which status applies for the specific duration scope.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Duration scopes and applicable Connector statuses.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Duration Scope&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Applicable Connector Statuses&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charge time&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Park time&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Preparing, &lt;br> Occupied, &lt;br> Suspended EV, &lt;br> Suspended EVSE, &lt;br> Finishing, &lt;br> Available.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Fault time&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Faulted, &lt;br> Unavailable&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Reservation time&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Reserved&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="requesting-the-session-to-stop">Requesting the Session to Stop&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>While session is &lt;em>ready/in-progress&lt;/em>, system operator may demand to forcefully close the session using the Tridens EV Charge dashboard, by clicking the close button on the right side. This operation requests the charging session to stop on the charging infrastructure, but if the infrastructure is not responding for any reason, session is forcefully closed.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Driver is rated, and the session closes.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The table below shows how session stop requesting may reflect on the charging infrastructure.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Charging infrastructure reflecting the session stop command.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Stop Response Type&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Accepted&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Charging infrastructure accepted the stop request. It is expected that it will send the session stop event.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Rejected&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Session is not being closed on the charging infrastructure.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Force session close covers the following issues:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Remote stop request is accepted by the charge point, but no stop event confirmation comes from the charging infrastructure.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Remote stop requests are always rejected by the charging infrastructure.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Charging infrastructure is not responding due to lost connection to the central system, lost track of the session.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="payment-authorization-policy">Payment Authorization Policy&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Payment authorization policy applies for customers of pay-now type and defines how charging session is controlled by payment authorizations. The setting is used along with the payment authorization amount.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The following settings apply:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>None:&lt;/em> Charging session is not controlled by payment authorizations.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Initial authorization only:&lt;/em> Charging session initialization depends on the success of the initial payment authorization.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Authorization control:&lt;/em> Charging session progress depends on the continuous payment (re)authorizations.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Example with Initial authorization only policy:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>When environment is configured for &lt;strong>Initial authorization only&lt;/strong> for payment auth. amount of &lt;strong>$10&lt;/strong>, it means the system will check for $10 on the payment card (authorize/lock the amount) at the beginning of the session, and if this operation is successful, then it will allow the user to charge as much as they like. At the end, the system will collect/capture the original authorized amount of $10, and if the total session price exceeds it, it will try to take the remaining funds as a direct card charge. This also comes with a risk of the user lacking the remainder of the funds and being unable to pay.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Our recommendation would be to raise the initial authorization amount to a value that will cover most of the sessions (like an average session price) in a single payment transaction.
You may want to use the &lt;strong>Authorization control&lt;/strong> policy instead. This policy will perform another authorization when the first one is fully consumed, ensuring that the user always has enough funds on the card to continue the session or stop it if no more funds are available.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Example with Authorization control policy:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Once &lt;strong>Authorization control&lt;/strong> is configured for payment auth. amount of &lt;strong>$5&lt;/strong>, the system will try to authorize $5 every time the previously authorized $5 is consumed. Then at the end of the session it will collect (capture) all of the authorizations. This way we are ensuring the user always has enough money on the card to continue the session. If we receive a negative response from the payment provider for authorization, then our system will stop the session and collect the amount the customer has authorized up to that point.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>If the charging session would progress to the cost of $22.88, then the session would result in 5 x $5 authorizations, where 4 of them would be fully captured, and one would only capture for $2.88. This would also mean 5 payment gateway transactions, which is why we recommend raising the authorization amount in order to lower the number of necessary transactions, impacting the cost.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="authorization-mode">Authorization Mode&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Authorization mode&lt;/strong> indicates whether a charging session is linked to a Monetization customer, a payment intent, a roaming provider, or is open/public.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Authorization modes of session.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>#&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Mode&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Features&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>1&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;strong>Monetization Customer&lt;/strong>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>- The session is tied to a &lt;strong>known customer&lt;/strong> in the Monetization system.&lt;br>- &lt;strong>Charges are applied&lt;/strong> directly to that customer’s account.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>2&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;strong>Payment Transaction&lt;/strong>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>- The session is &lt;strong>linked to a payment intent&lt;/strong>, not a customer.&lt;br>- The customer is &lt;strong>unknown&lt;/strong> to Monetization.&lt;br>- Authorization and payment capture are &lt;strong>handled by the payment provider&lt;/strong>.&lt;br>- Useful for guest users or single-use charging.&lt;br>- Session payment authorization settings are part of this mode with the final monetary capture.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>3&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;strong>Roaming Customer&lt;/strong>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>- Session initiated by a &lt;strong>third-party EMSP&lt;/strong> (e-Mobility Service Provider).&lt;br>- The charger is part of &lt;strong>Tridens EV Charge&lt;/strong> (CPO), but the customer belongs to the third party EMSP.&lt;br>- The &lt;strong>customer is not directly known&lt;/strong> to Tridens but is authenticated via roaming.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>4&lt;/td>
&lt;td>&lt;strong>Public Free&lt;/strong>&lt;/td>
&lt;td>- Session was &lt;strong>not initiated by Tridens EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;br>- Indicates the charger is allowing &lt;strong>free/public access&lt;/strong> without known customer or payment.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
This may allow unauthorized use. Ensure this mode is explicitly intended.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Note:&lt;/strong> Use configuration rules and charger settings to control and restrict authorization modes as required by your business or compliance policies.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="termination-strategy">Termination Strategy&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Once the stop session event comes from the charger, it depends on the Tridens EV Charge’s configuration of session termination strategy (see &lt;a href="#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>) how the event impacts the session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>If desired, the session can be completed at that point, or alternatively the session can continue to be tracked for the idle/park time, until the connector remains connected to the vehicle.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Park time end detection may be different based on the charger implementation by the manufacturer, as different actions may indicate when the charging session is over, as it can be by unplugging the connector, or until leaving the parking spot completely. So this can be configurable on the charger side.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 5:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Session termination strategy.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Strategy name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Charging end&lt;/td>
&lt;td>At the session stop event from the charger, the central system stops tracking the session and applies the final session fees for the driver. Session gets closed.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Parking end&lt;/td>
&lt;td>At session stop event from the charger, the central system keeps tracking the session in park time, until connector is released. At the time of connector&amp;rsquo;s final release, the central system stops tracking the session and applies the final session fees for the driver. Session gets closed.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;h2 id="session-retry-rating">Session Retry Rating&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session in &lt;code>rating-failed&lt;/code> status indicates that the charging session is over, but the driver was not monetarily rated. Thus, retry rating operation can be used to charge the driver/customer of the charging session. The driver&amp;rsquo;s payment type, billing and payment may also apply afterwards.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Session’s &lt;code>rating-failed&lt;/code> status may arise for the following reasons:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Invalid Monetization rating configuration, which causes that session can not be rated for the customer. This could be a configuration issue of rate plans, products, rating metrics or customer’s subscription-plan setup.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>System maintenance work.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Session retry rating can be used in different modes to determine rating session identifier, used for Monetization charge event rating when session is in &lt;em>rating-failed&lt;/em> status.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>See the table below.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 6:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Rating identifier modes of session retry rating.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Rating Identifier Mode&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Use existing&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Existing session rating identifier is being used for Monetization rating. Default option.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Use existing, otherwise generate new&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Existing session rating identifier is being used for Monetization rating. If rating fails, new rating identifier is auto-generated by the system and rating automatically retries.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Assign new&lt;/td>
&lt;td>New explicit session rating identifier is assigned in the request and used for Monetization rating.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Generate new&lt;/td>
&lt;td>New rating identifier is auto-generated by the system and used for Monetization rating.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;hr>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Notes:&lt;/h4>
Session’s retry rating is handled by the pre-configured automated execution job in 30 minutes interval, otherwise it can be triggered for the specific session on demand.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="session-retry-billing">Session Retry Billing&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session in &lt;code>billing-failed&lt;/code> status indicates that the session is over regarding the session settings, but the pay-now driver/customer was not billed. Thus, retry billing operation can be used to retry billing and payment of a driver for the charging session.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Session’s &lt;code>billing-failed&lt;/code> status may arise for the following reasons:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Invalid Monetization rating and billing configuration, which causes that session can not be rated for the customer. This could be a configuration issue of rate plans, products, rating metrics, customer’s subscription-plan or billing profile setup.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>System maintenance work.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Notes:&lt;/h4>
Session’s retry billing is handled by the pre-configured automated execution job in 30 minutes interval, otherwise it can be triggered for the specific session on demand.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session on the central system is considered as idle when not receiving event reports from the charging infrastructure after a certain configured time of Site or Operator. Operator’s settings have higher priority, if set.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When session is detected as idle, the central system closes/completes it, which means that such session is not being tracked anymore.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Table 7:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Idle session expiration settings.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;table>
&lt;thead>
&lt;tr>
&lt;th>Setting name&lt;/th>
&lt;th>Description&lt;/th>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/thead>
&lt;tbody>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Ready session expiration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Allowed inactivity in seconds for a ready charging session. &lt;/br> When background job detects a ready session’s inactivity exceeding this time, it finalizes it (rating and closing). &lt;br/> Setting impacts user’s experience. When user requests to start the new session by mobile application, the app uses this time for the countdown time display in which session is expected to transition into an active status.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Ongoing session expiration&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Allowed inactivity in seconds for an ongoing, in-progress charging session. &lt;/br> When background job detects an in-progress session’s inactivity exceeding this time, it finalizes the session (rating and closing).&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;tr>
&lt;td>Session closed verification time&lt;/td>
&lt;td>Amount of seconds since the session stop request, after which session is verified to be closed. Used in scope of force stopping and idle sessions stopping. &lt;/br> &lt;em>Limitation:&lt;/em> This settings only applies for the Site currently.&lt;/td>
&lt;/tr>
&lt;/tbody>
&lt;/table>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Table:&lt;/strong> &lt;em>Session expiration settings&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Pre-configured idle sessions job operation is responsible for detecting idle sessions based on expiration settings of Site and Operator.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Job’s execution interval determines how often the central system checks for the idle sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Notes:&lt;/h4>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Consider setting the ready-session-expiration time setting of site/operator to the proper amount, regarding your chargers. For some AC chargers, time to start charging may be 5 seconds, meanwhile for DC it can take up to 20-40 seconds. Please consider it and adjust ready-session-expiration in your settings of the site/operator.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Consider these effects in scope of ready-session-expiration:&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session requested to start by mobile application (operated by central system), charger is not responding with acceptance. Session will be closed after ready-session-expiration time.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session requested to start by mobile application (operated by central system), charger accepting the request. Central system is waiting for the session’s start event. If not started, session will be closed after ready-session-expiration time.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session requested to start by mobile application (operated by central system), charger responds with rejection, session is closed immediately.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Session requested to start by mobile application (operated by central system), charger accepting the request. Central system is waiting for the session’s start event. Charger responds with a start event before the ready-session-expiration time and session proceeds for charging.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Consider these effects in scope of ongoing-session-expiration:&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Session is in progress and charging. Charger stops sending the session update reports and once inactivity time breaches ongoing-session-expiration time setting, session is detected as idle by the central system. System thus requests the charger to stop the session and closes/completes it, which means not tracking it anymore.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="session-reactivation">Session Reactivation&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>When the charger sends the &lt;strong>charging session event&lt;/strong> (start/update) with an &lt;strong>authorization token (id tag)&lt;/strong> to the &lt;strong>Tridens EV Charge central system&lt;/strong>, and the system does not find any &lt;strong>prepared session&lt;/strong> (status: &lt;code>READY&lt;/code>) or &lt;strong>active session&lt;/strong> for that authorization token on that specific charger, the following process takes place:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>The Tridens EV Charge system checks whether a &lt;strong>completed session&lt;/strong> (status: e.g., &lt;code>CLOSED&lt;/code>) exists with the same &lt;strong>authorization token-type combination&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>assigned customer&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>If such a completed session is found within the configured &lt;strong>grace time&lt;/strong>, it is &lt;strong>reactivated&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Authorization of customer resources is made based on the &lt;strong>&lt;a href="#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;hr>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Default grace time period&lt;/strong> for session reactivation is &lt;code>900 seconds&lt;/code> from the session’s creation. Default can be overridden by a value defined in &lt;strong>&lt;a href="#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>Once session is reactivated, its status changes to &lt;strong>&lt;code>IN_PROGRESS&lt;/code>&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>If reactivation fails due to &lt;strong>unsuccessful resource authorization&lt;/strong>, the session is &lt;strong>requested for termination&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>If existing session is found, it gets reactivated only if stop session events haven’t yet arrived from the charger for such session. If stop events have already arrived, reactivation won’t happen.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="view-logs">View Logs&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Logs of Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) communication exchanged between the central system of Tridens EV Charge and the charging station for the time of the specific charging session.
Operators usually utilize them at onboard testing and for troubleshooting.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To view session’s OCPP logs, navigate to the sessions view, find the session of interest, move to the &lt;strong>Actions&lt;/strong> column and hit the &lt;strong>View Logs&lt;/strong> button. See &lt;em>Figure 1&lt;/em>.
Logs are filterable by the time range and can be exported by &lt;em>CSV&lt;/em> or &lt;em>Print&lt;/em> options which appear on the bottom of the tool. See &lt;em>Figure 2&lt;/em>.&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../ocpp-comms-logs.png" alt="OCPP Communication logs view">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Sessions view and the navigation to view OCPP communication logs.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;br/>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../ocpp-logs-of-session.png" alt="OCPP Logs of session">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>OCPP communication logs of the session.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="limitations">Limitations&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Session initiation limitations:&lt;/p>
&lt;p>a) If requesting to start the session on connector A with customer A, session is prepared and charger is requested to start charging. If customer A tries to start the another session on connector A or any other connector, the request is rejected, as this customer already has an active session. There is a limitation of one active session per customer.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>b) If requesting to start the session on connector A with customer A, session is prepared and charger is requested to start charging. If customer B tries to start the session on connector A, the request is rejected, as connector already has another active session assigned.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>c) If customer A and customer B both want to start the session on connector A at the same time, the request that came in first will be proceed (access lock), meanwhile the other request will be rejected.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Push Notifications Setup</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/push-notifications-setup/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/push-notifications-setup/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#push-notifications-provider-configuration">Push Notifications Provider Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notification-template">Notification Template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notification-rules-configuration">Notification Rules Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Set up push notifications for Tridens EV Charge using a third-party solution.
Once configuration is established and the configured notification action happens, push notification is expected on the targeting driver/customer device.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="push-notifications-provider-configuration">Push Notifications Provider Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>First of all, configuring the push notifications provider is required. Currently, Firebase is available. See &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications/#firebase-configuration">System Configuration - Firebase Configuration&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="notification-template">Notification Template&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>In the next step, we need to determine the push notification template(s).
To achieve this, go to &lt;i class="fa fa-cogs" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Business Configuration&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Templates&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Push Notification Templates&lt;/strong>. There you can manage the message templates. &lt;em>Name&lt;/em> the template, assign &lt;em>code&lt;/em> as alphanumeric identifier, apply &lt;em>description&lt;/em> if necessary and most importantly, enter the formatted content.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>See &lt;a href="../../business-configuration/templates/#push-notification-templates">Business Configuration - Templates - Push Notification Templates&lt;/a> for more details.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="notification-rules-configuration">Notification Rules Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Then proceed to the notification rules configuration.
Go to &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>System Configuration&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong> and edit your existing configurations. In the &lt;strong>Publishers&lt;/strong> section, add and select new &lt;strong>Push&lt;/strong> action.
No need to specify any specific ‘Receivers’, as such notifications are headed to the action’s belonging customer device directly. See Fig. 1 below.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../notification-rule-configuration-push-publisher.png" alt="Notification rule configuration with push publisher">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Notification rule configuration with push publisher.&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Reservations</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/reservations/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/reservations/</guid><description>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-clock" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Reservations&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all reservations from a specific period is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>To generate the reservations list in a spreadsheet, click &lt;i class="fa fa-file" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>CSV&lt;/strong>. To print, click &lt;i class="fa fa-solid fa-print" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Print&lt;/strong>, and to copy, click &lt;i class="fa fa-copy" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Copy&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
They are generated, printed, and copied per paginated page.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can filter for reservations by date-time, customer ID, service, or/and status.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Typically, a charger usually has a single connector. Therefore, reserving a connector also means the charger is automatically reserved. However, some chargers can have multiple connectors.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>If a charger has multiple connectors that cannot be used simultaneously, the entire charger will be reserved if a customer reserves a connector from the charger.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In contrast, if a charger has multiple connectors that can be used simultaneously, then if a customer reserves a connector from the charger, the entire charger will not be reserved because a different connector can be reserved and used by another customer.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>A connector reserved by a customer in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong> will lock the connector for a short period. This implies that other users will not be able to use the connector; it is shown as a reserved/unavailable connector for the rest of your users.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
To reserve a connector in the &lt;strong>EV Charge - Mobile App&lt;/strong>, see &lt;a href="https://www.tridenstechnology.com/ev-charge-app-docs/stations#reserving-a-connector">Reserving a connector&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>The primary purpose of a customer reserving a connector is to ensure that even though the customer is not present currently at the charging station location, the connector can remain vacant for some time as they travel to the charging station.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
You can stop an active reservation under &lt;strong>Actions&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Clicking the customer ID on a reservation will take you to &lt;a href="https://tridenstechnology.com/monetization-web-docs/customers/customer-account-page/">Monetization&lt;/a>, where the customer information resides.
&lt;/div></description></item><item><title>Docs: Configuration Templates</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/system-configuration/configuration-templates/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/system-configuration/configuration-templates/</guid><description>
&lt;h3 id="topics-on-this-document">Topics on this document:&lt;/h3>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#overview">Overview&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#configuration-setup">Configuration Setup&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-view-update-delete">Create, View, Update, Delete&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#assigning-to-charging-infrastructure">Assigning to Charging Infrastructure&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#unassign-from-charging-infrastructure">Unassigning from Charging Infrastructure&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#operation">Operation&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h3 id="overview">Overview&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Configuration Template&lt;/strong> defines the set of configuration variables applied to the charging station once it establishes the connection with &lt;strong>Tridens EV Charge&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Configuration Template&lt;/strong> consists of the following attributes:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Identification&lt;/strong> (Id, Code): Identification values that uniquely represent the configuration template.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Naming&lt;/strong> (Name, Description): Descriptive details providing the template name and additional information.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Validity &amp;amp; priority&lt;/strong> (Valid from, Valid to, Priority): Time range during which the template is considered &lt;strong>active&lt;/strong>. All overlapping templates are applied, but those with a higher &lt;strong>priority&lt;/strong> value are applied first.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Communication protocol&lt;/strong>: Protocol of communication between the &lt;strong>charging station&lt;/strong> and &lt;strong>Tridens EV Charge&lt;/strong>. When populated, the configuration template applies only to stations that use the specified protocol.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Settings&lt;/strong>: List of configuration settings applied to the physical charging station once it establishes the connection with Tridens server. If charger/connector relations are specified within settings, such settings will have a &lt;strong>charger/connector-based limitation&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Set Configuration Batch Size&lt;/strong>: Distributes settings into batches of given size, while settings are being instructed to the physical station.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;strong>Operator&lt;/strong>: Optional site operator for which the configuration template applies. When an operator is defined, the template applies within that &lt;strong>limited operator’s context&lt;/strong>. Otherwise, it applies to the &lt;strong>general site environment context&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h3 id="configuration-setup">Configuration Setup&lt;/h3>
&lt;h4 id="create-view-update-delete">Create, View, Update, Delete&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>Under the &lt;strong>Configuration Template&lt;/strong> section, the following management possibilities are available:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>New Configuration Template can be created by pressing &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create new&lt;/strong> button and providing the settings, as defined in overview.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>View existing Configuration Templates by using a filterable table view. Apply search criteria if necessary.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Detailed view of existing Configuration Template can be accesed from the table view and pressing &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Existing Configuration Template can be modified by pressing &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong> on the detailed view.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Existing Configuration Template can be deleted by pressing &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong> on the detailed view.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h4 id="assigning-to-charging-infrastructure">Assigning to Charging Infrastructure&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Charging infrastructure operator&lt;/strong> can assign the Configuration Template to the infrastructure by linking the template to specific &lt;strong>Areas&lt;/strong> or &lt;strong>Stations&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h4 id="unassign-from-charging-infrastructure">Unassign from Charging Infrastructure&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Charging infrastructure operator&lt;/strong> can unassign the Configuration Template from the charging infrastructure when the template is no longer needed.&lt;/p>
&lt;hr>
&lt;h3 id="operation">Operation&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Once a charging station establishes connection with &lt;strong>Tridens EV Charge&lt;/strong>, the system checks for configured templates on that specific &lt;strong>Station&lt;/strong> or its parent &lt;strong>Area&lt;/strong>.
Tridens EV Charge system then automatically applies all &lt;strong>valid template settings&lt;/strong> in batches of the defined size.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>If multiple templates exist, they are ordered by &lt;strong>priority&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When changes are made to templates, or when templates are assigned/unassigned, the physical charging station’s configuration is updated the next time it &lt;strong>reconnects&lt;/strong> with Tridens EV Charge system.&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: SMS Notifications Setup</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/sms-notifications-setup/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/sms-notifications-setup/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#sms-provider-configuration">SMS Provider Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#sms-template">SMS Template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notification-rules-configuration">Notification Rules Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Set up SMS notifications for the actions on Tridens EV Charge.
Once configuration is established and the configured notification action happens, SMS notification is expected on the targeting receiver.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="sms-provider-configuration">SMS Provider Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>First of all, configuring the SMS notifications provider is required. Currently, Twilio provider is available.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once you register on &lt;a href="https://www.twilio.com/en-us">Twilio&lt;/a>, you can manage your provider configuration in Tridens EV Charge’s dashboard by navigating to &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>System Configuration&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Platforms&lt;/strong> and select &lt;strong>Twilio&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once the form shows up, insert the phone number (E.164 format), client id and client secret, which was provided to you by Twilio following the registration.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="sms-template">SMS Template&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>In the next step, we need to determine the SMS template(s).
To achieve this, go to &lt;i class="fa fa-cogs" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Business Configuration&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Templates&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>SMS Templates&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>There you can manage the message templates. &lt;em>Name&lt;/em> the template, assign &lt;em>code&lt;/em> as alphanumeric identifier and apply &lt;em>description&lt;/em>, if helpful. Then define the dynamically formattable content, which represents an actual content of the SMS notification message.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>See &lt;a href="../../business-configuration/templates/#sms-templates">Business Configuration - Templates - SMS Templates&lt;/a> for more details.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../sms-template.png" alt="sms-template">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>SMS template creation&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="notification-rules-configuration">Notification Rules Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Then proceed to the notification rules configuration.
Go to &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>System Configuration&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong> and edit your existing configurations. In the &lt;strong>Publishers&lt;/strong> section, add and select new &lt;strong>SMS&lt;/strong> action.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In the &lt;strong>Receivers&lt;/strong> sub-section of a &lt;strong>Publisher&lt;/strong>, add the necessary receivers, as desired:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Base&lt;/em>: Enter the specific phone number to which the SMS notification should be sent for the action.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Customer&lt;/em>: SMS notification targets to the destination of customer’s primary contact info phone number, if action is related to the specific customer. Applies for the session related actions, as these are related to the customer. Additionally, as a value, Customer Type group can be selected, meaning that SMS notification will apply only if the customer belongs to the specific customer group.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../notification-rule-configuration-sms-publisher.png" alt="Notification rule configuration with the SMS publisher">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Notification rule configuration with the SMS publisher&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Email Notifications Setup</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/email-notifications-setup/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/integrations/email-notifications-setup/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#email-server-smtp-configuration">Email Server (SMTP) Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#email-template">Email Template&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#notification-rules-configuration">Notification Rules Configuration&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>Set up email notifications for the actions on Tridens EV Charge. Once configuration is established and the configured notification action happens, email notification is expected on the targeting receiver.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="email-server-smtp-configuration">Email Server (SMTP) Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>First step to enable email notifications is to equip yourself with an email server, usually by utilizing the email server hosting provider.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) email server is established, enter the SMTP settings into environment of Tridens EV Charge - these settings are manageable in the &lt;a href="../../site/#site-settings">Site settings&lt;/a> section.
At the point when SMTP host server is configured on environment with &lt;code>username&lt;/code>, &lt;code>password&lt;/code>, &lt;code>host&lt;/code> and &lt;code>port&lt;/code>, proceed to configuring the notification template.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="email-template">Email Template&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>In the next step, we need to determine the email template(s).
To achieve this, go to &lt;i class="fa fa-cogs" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Business Configuration&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Templates&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Email Templates&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>There you can manage the message templates. &lt;em>Name&lt;/em> the template, assign &lt;em>code&lt;/em> as alphanumeric identifier and apply &lt;em>description&lt;/em>, if helpful. Determine the &lt;em>subject&lt;/em> which will appear on the emails. &lt;em>From, to, carbon-copy, blind-carbon-copy&lt;/em> and &lt;em>reply-to&lt;/em> are optional - note that &lt;em>from&lt;/em> (source) can be auto-assigned based on your email server and &lt;em>to&lt;/em> (destination) also gets populated by the notification rule’s receivers, as defined in &lt;a href="../../system-configuration/notifications">System Configuration - Notifications&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The most important part comes at the bottom, where dynamically formattable content can be defined by using the content builder.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>See &lt;a href="../../business-configuration/templates/#mail-templates">Business Configuration - Templates - Email Templates&lt;/a> for more details.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Email template creation.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../email-template-creation.png" alt="Email template creation">&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="notification-rules-configuration">Notification Rules Configuration&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Then proceed to the notification rules configuration.
Go to &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>System Configuration&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong> → &lt;strong>Notifications&lt;/strong> and edit your existing configurations.
In the &lt;strong>Publishers&lt;/strong> section, add and select new &lt;strong>Email&lt;/strong> action.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>In the &lt;strong>Receivers&lt;/strong> sub-section of a &lt;strong>Publisher&lt;/strong>, add the necessary receivers, as desired:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Base&lt;/em>: Enter the specific email address to which the notification should be sent.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>
&lt;p>&lt;em>Customer&lt;/em>: Notification targets to the destination of customer’s primary contact info email, if action is related to the specific customer. Applies for the session related actions, as these are related to the customer. Additionally, as a value, &lt;em>Customer Type&lt;/em> group can be selected, meaning that notification will apply only if the customer belongs to the specific customer group.&lt;/p>
&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Notification rule configuration with the email publisher.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../notification-rule-email-publisher.png" alt="Notification rule configuration">&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Operators</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/operators/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/operators/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#operator-explained">Operator explained&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-an-operator">Create an operator&lt;/a>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#operator">Operator&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#environment-setup">Environment setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#summary">Summary&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-operator-page">Details operator page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-operator">Update operator&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-operator">Delete operator&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#operator-with-members-in-private-network">Operator with Members in Private Network&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#operator-commission-report-setup">Operator Commission Report Setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-user-friends" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Operators&lt;/strong>. A paginated list of all operators is shown in a tabular format.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="operator-explained">Operator explained&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Creating an operator in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> is optional. However, it comes in handy if you have a revenue share agreement with the operator or something related.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-info" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Information:&lt;/h4>
The reporting section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> enables you to filter for the total consumption obtained from an operator&amp;rsquo;s charger and the total revenue (money) generated from an operator&amp;rsquo;s charger. For more information, see &lt;a href="../reports">Reports&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>An operator is intended to represent a company, like a hotel, a restaurant, etc., where they have chargers. Typically, they are the owner of the chargers; however, you are the manager of those chargers.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>You can create entities for the operators and link them to &lt;a href="../user-management/users#create-a-user">user accounts&lt;/a> for them to receive login details to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. However, they will only be able to view the sections that pertain to them—for example, the stations they own. In addition, they can see their chargers&amp;rsquo; &lt;a href="../sessions">session history&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
&lt;p>An operator can be linked to multiple &lt;a href="../areas">charging areas&lt;/a>; for example, if you work with a restaurant, all restaurant chains will be managed by the same operator because they are the same business entity.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>However, it can also be a one-to-one relationship: one operator to one charging area.&lt;/p>
&lt;/div>
&lt;hr>
&lt;p>Four actions/subpages can be performed/viewed under this section, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#create-an-operator">Create an operator&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#details-operator-page">Details operator page&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#update-operator">Update operator&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#delete-operator">Delete operator&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="create-an-operator">Create an operator&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">operators&lt;/a>, to create an operator, click &lt;i class="fa fa-plus-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Create new&lt;/strong>. It has three sections, namely:&lt;/p>
&lt;ol>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#operator">Operator&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#environment-setup">Environment setup&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#summary">Summary&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ol>
&lt;h3 id="operator">Operator&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Under this section, provide a name and code.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
The &lt;strong>code&lt;/strong> is a unique identifier of an object. It can be used during integration with the &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> API.
&lt;/div>
&lt;p>Additionally, provide the operator&amp;rsquo;s details. The details are only used for information purposes and can be used to reach out to the operator.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>The operator&amp;rsquo;s details consist of the following:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Organization Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Address&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Phone number&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Country&lt;/li>
&lt;li>State&lt;/li>
&lt;li>City&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Zip code&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h3 id="environment-setup">Environment setup&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>The &lt;strong>Timezone&lt;/strong> is configured to give the operator a standard timezone regardless of which part of the world they are connecting. Therefore, if an operator logs in to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, all the date-time on the interface will follow the timezone assigned in this section.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>&lt;a href="../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a> provides settings about the charging behavior, usage patterns, and performance metrics associated with the charging sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>&lt;a href="../sessions/#idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/a> are allowed session’s inactivity time after which the session is stopped being tracked.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3 id="summary">Summary&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>This section shows the information inputted in the previous two sections: it can be reviewed before creating the operator.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once the operator is created, it can be assigned to a &lt;a href="../areas">charging area&lt;/a>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
An operator does not automatically receive login details to &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>. They receive login details when you purposely create a user for the operator. For more information, see &lt;a href="../user-management/users">Users&lt;/a>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="details-operator-page">Details operator page&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">operators&lt;/a>, to see the full details of an operator, click &lt;i class=" fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden=" true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>. It contains the following information:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Name&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Code&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Status&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Organization&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Country&lt;/li>
&lt;li>State&lt;/li>
&lt;li>City&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Zip&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Address&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Phone&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Timezone&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Energy step delta&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Security key&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Monetary session limit&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;h2 id="update-operator">Update operator&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">operators&lt;/a>, to update an operator, first, click &lt;i class="fa fa-info-circle" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>; it shows the details of the operator. Then to update, click &lt;i class="fa fa-pen-square" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
All information filled out under the &lt;a href="#create-an-operator">create an operator&lt;/a> section can be updated except for the &lt;strong>Code&lt;/strong>.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="delete-operator">Delete operator&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;a href="#">operators&lt;/a>, to delete an operator, click &lt;i class="fa fa-trash-alt" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Delete&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;div class="alert alert-primary" role="alert">
&lt;h4 class="alert-heading">Note:&lt;/h4>
Deleting an operator already used in other parts of &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong> cannot be done. Every particular reference to the operator first has to be deleted.
&lt;/div>
&lt;h2 id="operator-with-members-in-private-network">Operator with Members in Private Network&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Charging station’s visibility can be managed by toggling its visibility attribute.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When station is marked as visible, it will be generally visible on the map to all the drivers/customers. Otherwise, when marked as invisible, it will be hidden from the map, except for drivers which are station operator’s private group members.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>When station is assigned to the operator, operator has control to grant/revoke drivers an access to its generally invisible stations.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Requirements to achieve this:&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>Create an Operator.&lt;/li>
&lt;li>Area has Operator assigned.&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To manage members, navigate to the top right corner on the operator’s view page and selecting “Add/remove members” button.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../create-operator-pn.png" alt="Create Operator with Private Network">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Create Operator with Private Network.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once the form shows up, operator can see and manage the active customers of his private charging network (group).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../manage-operator-pn.png" alt="Manage Customers of operators&amp;amp;rsquo;s Private Network">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Manage customers of Operator’s private network.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Operator can search for the existing customers and grant them access to his private network (Figure 3), or alternatively revoke an access (Figure 4).&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../grant-members-access.png" alt="Grant Members Access">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 3:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Operator can search for the customers he would like to grant access to his network.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../revoke-access.png" alt="Revoke members Access">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 4:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Operator can revoke customer’s access to his private network.&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="operator-commission-report-setup">Operator Commission Report Setup&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Under &lt;strong>Operators&lt;/strong>, to set up operators&amp;rsquo; commissions, click &lt;strong>Details&lt;/strong>, then &lt;strong>Update&lt;/strong> and proceed to the second step on &lt;strong>Environment Setup&lt;/strong> and click &lt;strong>Share/reimbursement settings&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Once the fields show up, fill the prices and the percentage revenue share.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../share-reimbursement-settings.png" alt="Share/Reimbursement Settings">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 5:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Share / Reimbursement settings.&lt;/em>&lt;/p></description></item><item><title>Docs: Site</title><link>/ev-charge-web-docs/site/</link><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 0001 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate><guid>/ev-charge-web-docs/site/</guid><description>
&lt;p>&lt;strong>Topics in this document:&lt;/strong>&lt;/p>
&lt;ul>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#site-settings">Site Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;li>&lt;a href="#idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
&lt;p>To access this section in &lt;strong>EV Charge&lt;/strong>, from the &lt;i class="fa fa-bars" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Menu&lt;/strong>, click &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Settings&lt;/strong>.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="site-settings">Site Settings&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Represents the Tridens EV Charge environment’s general settings of location, contact, language, currency, time zone, organization, logo, SMTP, session expiration and session rating.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>Under &lt;i class="fa fa-cog" aria-hidden="true">&lt;/i> &lt;strong>Settings&lt;/strong> there is &lt;strong>Session settings&lt;/strong> where site session configurations can be set up.&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../site-settings.png" alt="Site Settings">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 1:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Site Settings&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;img src="../site-session-settings.png" alt="Session Settings">&lt;/p>
&lt;p>&lt;em>&lt;strong>Figure 2:&lt;/strong>&lt;/em> &lt;em>Site Session Settings&lt;/em>&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>&lt;a href="../sessions/#session-rating-settings">Session Rating Settings&lt;/a> provides settings about the charging behavior, usage patterns, and performance metrics associated with the charging sessions.&lt;/p>
&lt;h2 id="idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>&lt;a href="../sessions/#idle-session-settings">Idle Session Settings&lt;/a> are allowed session’s inactivity time after which the session is stopped being tracked.&lt;/p></description></item></channel></rss>